Stop the EFS filesystem from using iget() and read_inode(). Replace
efs_read_inode() with efs_iget(), and call that instead of iget(). efs_iget()
then uses iget_locked() directly and returns a proper error code instead of an
inode in the event of an error.
efs_fill_super() returns any error incurred when getting the root inode
instead of EACCES.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Introduce a function to register failure in an inode construction path. This
includes marking the inode under construction as bad, unlocking it and
releasing it.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add an ERR_CAST() function to complement ERR_PTR and co. for the purposes
of casting an error entyped as one pointer type to an error of another
pointer type whilst making it explicit as to what is going on.
This provides a replacement for the ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(p)) construct.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
For readability, all the calls to vmcoreinfo_append_str() are changed to macros
having a prefix "VMCOREINFO_".
This discussion is the following:
http://www.ussg.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0709.3/0584.html
Signed-off-by: Ken'ichi Ohmichi <oomichi@mxs.nes.nec.co.jp>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
It is better that the existing offsetof() is used for VMCOREINFO_OFFSET().
This discussion is the following:
http://www.ussg.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0709.3/0584.html
Signed-off-by: Ken'ichi Ohmichi <oomichi@mxs.nes.nec.co.jp>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patchset is for the vmcoreinfo data.
The vmcoreinfo data has the minimum debugging information only for dump
filtering. makedumpfile (dump filtering command) gets it to distinguish
unnecessary pages, and makedumpfile creates a small dumpfile.
This patch:
VMCOREINFO_SIZE() should be renamed VMCOREINFO_STRUCT_SIZE() since it's always
returning the size of the struct with a given name. This change would allow
VMCOREINFO_TYPEDEF_SIZE() to simply become VMCOREINFO_SIZE() since it need not
be used exclusively for typedefs.
This discussion is the following:
http://www.ussg.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0709.3/0582.html
Signed-off-by: Ken'ichi Ohmichi <oomichi@mxs.nes.nec.co.jp>
Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patchset adds a flags variable to reserve_bootmem() and uses the
BOOTMEM_EXCLUSIVE flag in crashkernel reservation code to detect collisions
between crashkernel area and already used memory.
This patch:
Change the reserve_bootmem() function to accept a new flag BOOTMEM_EXCLUSIVE.
If that flag is set, the function returns with -EBUSY if the memory already
has been reserved in the past. This is to avoid conflicts.
Because that code runs before SMP initialisation, there's no race condition
inside reserve_bootmem_core().
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix powerpc build]
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Walle <bwalle@suse.de>
Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This is a patch for the Compaq ASIC3 multi function chip, found in many
PDAs (iPAQs, HTCs...).
It is a simplified version of Paul Sokolovsky's first proposal [1]. With
this code, it is basically a GPIO and IRQ expander. My plan is to add more
features once this patch gets reviewed and accepted.
[1] http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/5/1/46
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@openedhand.com>
Cc: Paul Sokolovsky <pmiscml@gmail.com>
Cc: Ben Dooks <ben@trinity.fluff.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch corrects a situation that occurs when one disables all the cpus in
a cpuset.
Currently, the disabled (cpu-less) cpuset inherits the cpus of its parent,
which is incorrect because it may then overlap its cpu-exclusive sibling.
Tasks of an empty cpuset should be moved to the cpuset which is the parent of
their current cpuset. Or if the parent cpuset has no cpus, to its parent,
etc.
And the empty cpuset should be released (if it is flagged notify_on_release).
Depends on the cgroup_scan_tasks() function (proposed by David Rientjes) to
iterate through all tasks in the cpu-less cpuset. We are deliberately
avoiding a walk of the tasklist.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Cliff Wickman <cpw@sgi.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Provide cgroup_scan_tasks(), which iterates through every task in a cgroup,
calling a test function and a process function for each. And call the process
function without holding the css_set_lock lock.
The idea is David Rientjes', predicting that such a function will make it much
easier in the future to extend things that require access to each task in a
cgroup without holding the lock,
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: cleanup]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Cliff Wickman <cpw@sgi.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Paul Jackson <pj@sgi.com>
Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Based on the discussion at http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/12/20/383, it was felt
that control_type might not be a good thing to implement right away. We
can add this flexibility at a later point when required.
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Define function for calculating the number of scan target on each Zone/LRU.
Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add a handler "pre_destroy" to cgroup_subsys. It is called before
cgroup_rmdir() checks all subsys's refcnt.
I think this is useful for subsys which have some extra refs even if there
are no tasks in cgroup. By adding pre_destroy(), the kernel keeps the rule
"destroy() against subsystem is called only when refcnt=0." and allows css
ref to be used by other objects than tasks.
Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
While using memory control cgroup, page-migration under it works as following.
==
1. uncharge all refs at try to unmap.
2. charge regs again remove_migration_ptes()
==
This is simple but has following problems.
==
The page is uncharged and charged back again if *mapped*.
- This means that cgroup before migration can be different from one after
migration
- If page is not mapped but charged as page cache, charge is just ignored
(because not mapped, it will not be uncharged before migration)
This is memory leak.
==
This patch tries to keep memory cgroup at page migration by increasing
one refcnt during it. 3 functions are added.
mem_cgroup_prepare_migration() --- increase refcnt of page->page_cgroup
mem_cgroup_end_migration() --- decrease refcnt of page->page_cgroup
mem_cgroup_page_migration() --- copy page->page_cgroup from old page to
new page.
During migration
- old page is under PG_locked.
- new page is under PG_locked, too.
- both old page and new page is not on LRU.
These 3 facts guarantee that page_cgroup() migration has no race.
Tested and worked well in x86_64/fake-NUMA box.
Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Creates a helper function to return non-zero if a task is a member of a
memory controller:
int task_in_mem_cgroup(const struct task_struct *task,
const struct mem_cgroup *mem);
When the OOM killer is constrained by the memory controller, the exclusion
of tasks that are not a member of that controller was previously misplaced
and appeared in the badness scoring function. It should be excluded
during the tasklist scan in select_bad_process() instead.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Inline functions must preceed their use, so mm_cgroup() should be defined
in linux/memcontrol.h.
include/linux/memcontrol.h:48: warning: 'mm_cgroup' declared inline after
being called
include/linux/memcontrol.h:48: warning: previous declaration of
'mm_cgroup' was here
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: nuther build fix]
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Nick Piggin pointed out that swap cache and page cache addition routines
could be called from non GFP_KERNEL contexts. This patch makes the
charging routine aware of the gfp context. Charging might fail if the
cgroup is over it's limit, in which case a suitable error is returned.
This patch was tested on a Powerpc box. I am still looking at being able
to test the path, through which allocations happen in non GFP_KERNEL
contexts.
[kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com: problem with ZONE_MOVABLE]
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Make page_referenced() cgroup aware. Without this patch, page_referenced()
can cause a page to be skipped while reclaiming pages. This patch ensures
that other cgroups do not hold pages in a particular cgroup hostage. It
is required to ensure that shared pages are freed from a cgroup when they
are not actively referenced from the cgroup that brought them in
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Choose if we want cached pages to be accounted or not. By default both are
accounted for. A new set of tunables are added.
echo -n 1 > mem_control_type
switches the accounting to account for only mapped pages
echo -n 3 > mem_control_type
switches the behaviour back
[bunk@kernel.org: mm/memcontrol.c: clenups]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix sparc32 build]
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Out of memory handling for cgroups over their limit. A task from the
cgroup over limit is chosen using the existing OOM logic and killed.
TODO:
1. As discussed in the OLS BOF session, consider implementing a user
space policy for OOM handling.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix build due to oom-killer changes]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Change the interface to use bytes instead of pages. Page sizes can vary
across platforms and configurations. A new strategy routine has been added
to the resource counters infrastructure to format the data as desired.
Suggested by David Rientjes, Andrew Morton and Herbert Poetzl
Tested on a UML setup with the config for memory control enabled.
[kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com: possible race fix in res_counter]
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add the page_cgroup to the per cgroup LRU. The reclaim algorithm has
been modified to make the isolate_lru_pages() as a pluggable component. The
scan_control data structure now accepts the cgroup on behalf of which
reclaims are carried out. try_to_free_pages() has been extended to become
cgroup aware.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warning]
[Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com: initialize all scan_control's isolate_pages member]
[bunk@kernel.org: make do_try_to_free_pages() static]
[hugh@veritas.com: memcgroup: fix try_to_free order]
[kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com: this unlock_page_cgroup() is unnecessary]
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add the accounting hooks. The accounting is carried out for RSS and Page
Cache (unmapped) pages. There is now a common limit and accounting for both.
The RSS accounting is accounted at page_add_*_rmap() and page_remove_rmap()
time. Page cache is accounted at add_to_page_cache(),
__delete_from_page_cache(). Swap cache is also accounted for.
Each page's page_cgroup is protected with the last bit of the
page_cgroup pointer, this makes handling of race conditions involving
simultaneous mappings of a page easier. A reference count is kept in the
page_cgroup to deal with cases where a page might be unmapped from the RSS
of all tasks, but still lives in the page cache.
Credits go to Vaidyanathan Srinivasan for helping with reference counting work
of the page cgroup. Almost all of the page cache accounting code has help
from Vaidyanathan Srinivasan.
[hugh@veritas.com: fix swapoff breakage]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix locking]
Signed-off-by: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Basic setup routines, the mm_struct has a pointer to the cgroup that
it belongs to and the the page has a page_cgroup associated with it.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Setup the memory cgroup and add basic hooks and controls to integrate
and work with the cgroup.
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
With fixes from David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Introduce generic structures and routines for resource accounting.
Each resource accounting cgroup is supposed to aggregate it,
cgroup_subsystem_state and its resource-specific members within.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Balbir Singh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Kirill Korotaev <dev@sw.ru>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: Vaidyanathan Srinivasan <svaidy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelianov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This legacy define from the old buffer code is now only used in a single
power pc driver than doesn't compile anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Rename old vfs_ioctl to do_ioctl, because the comment above it clearly
indicates that it is an internal function not to be exported to modules;
therefore it should have a more traditional do_XXX name. The new do_ioctl
is exported in fs.h but not to modules.
Rename the old do_ioctl to vfs_ioctl because the names vfs_XXX should
preferably be reserved to callable VFS functions which modules may call, as
many other vfs_XXX functions already do. Export the new vfs_ioctl to GPL
modules so others can use it (including Unionfs and eCryptfs). Add DocBook
for new vfs_ioctl.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix build]
Signed-off-by: Erez Zadok <ezk@cs.sunysb.edu>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The DS1WM driver incorrectly infers the IAS bit (1-wire interrupt active
high) from IRQ settings. There are devices that have IAS=0 but still need
the IRQ to trigger on a rising edge. With this patch, machines with DS1WM
that need IAS=1 have to set .active_high=1 in the ds1wm_platform_data.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <johnpol@2ka.mipt.ru>
Acked-by: Matt Reimer <mreimer@vpop.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
MTDs are well suited for logging critical data and the mtdoops driver
allows kernel panics/oops to be written to flash in a blackbox flight
recorder fashion allowing better debugging and analysis of crashes.
Any kernel oops in user context can be easily handled since the kernel
continues as normal and any queued mtd writes are scheduled. Any kernel
oops in interrupt context results in a panic and the delayed writes will
not be scheduled however. The existing mtd->write function cannot be
called in interrupt context so these messages can never be written to
flash.
This patch adds a panic_write function pointer that drivers can
optionally implement which can be called in interrupt context. It is
only intended to be called when its known the kernel is about to panic
and we need to write to succeed. Since the kernel is not going to be
running for much longer, this function can break locks and delay to
ensure the write succeeds (but not sleep).
Signed-off-by: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Extends the leds subsystem with a blink_set() callback function which can
be optionally implemented by a LED driver. If implemented, the driver can use
the hardware acceleration for blinking a LED.
Signed-off-by: Márton Németh <nm127@freemail.hu>
Signed-off-by: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
This makes the SPE register data appear in ELF core dumps, using the
new n_type value NT_PPC_SPE (0x101). This new note type is not used
by any consumers of core files yet, but support can be added. I don't
even have any hardware with SPE capabilities, so I've never seen such
a note. But this demonstrates how simple it is to export register
information in core dumps when the user_regset style is used for the
low-level code.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Two cleanups to <linux/acpi.h>:
* Stop defining acpi_mp_config, it isn't used anywhere.
* Discard nested "#ifdef CONFIG_ACPI", they are useless and
error-prone.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Add a default poll idle state with 0 latency. Provides an option to users
to use poll_idle by using 0 as the latency requirement.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Export acpi_check_resource_conflict(), sometimes drivers already have
a struct resource at hand so no need to use the wrappers to build a new
one.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>
Cc: "Mark M. Hoffman" <mhoffman@lightlink.com>
Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Small ACPICA extension to be able to store the name of operation regions in osl.c later
In ACPI, AML can define accesses to IO ports and System Memory by Operation
Regions. Those are not registered as done by PNPACPI using resource templates
(and _CRS/_SRS methods).
The IO ports and System Memory regions may get accessed by arbitrary AML code.
When native drivers are accessing the same resources bad things can happen
(e.g. a critical shutdown temperature of 3000 C every 2 months or so).
It is not really possible to register the operation regions via
request_resource, as they often overlap with pnp or other resources (e.g.
statically setup IO resources below 0x100).
This approach stores all Operation Region declarations (IO and System Memory
only) at ACPI table parse time. It offers a similar functionality like
request_region and let drivers which are known to possibly use the same IO
ports and Memory which are also often used by ACPI (hwmon and i2c) check for
ACPI interference.
A boot parameter acpi_enforce_resources=strict/lax/no is provided, which
is default set to lax:
- strict: let conflicting drivers fail to load with an error message
- lax: let conflicting driver work normal with a warning message
- no: no functional change at all
Depending on the feedback and the kind of interferences we see, this
should be set to strict at later time.
Goal of this patch set is:
- Identify ACPI interferences in bug reports (very hard to reproduce
and to identify)
- Find BIOSes for that an ACPI driver should exist for specific HW
instead of a native one.
- stability in general
Provide acpi_check_{mem_}region.
Drivers can additionally check against possible ACPI interference by also
invoking this shortly before they call request_region.
If -EBUSY is returned, the driver must not load.
Use acpi_enforce_resources=strict/lax/no options to:
- strict: let conflicting drivers fail to load with an error message
- lax: let conflicting driver work normal with a warning message
- no: no functional change at all
Cc: "Mark M. Hoffman" <mhoffman@lightlink.com>
Cc: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Now that struct mlx4_buf.u is a struct instead of a union because of
the vmap() changes, there's no point in having a struct at all. So
move .direct and .page_list directly into struct mlx4_buf and get rid
of a bunch of unnecessary ".u"s.
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Since kernel virtual memory is not a problem on 64-bit systems, there
is no reason to use our own 2-layer page mapping scheme for large
kernel queue buffers on such systems. Instead, map the page list to a
single virtually contiguous buffer with vmap(), so that can we access
buffer memory via direct indexing.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
We use struct mlx4_buf for kernel QP, CQ and SRQ buffers, and the code
to look up an entry is duplicated in get_cqe_from_buf() and the QP and
SRQ versions of get_wqe(). Factor this out into mlx4_buf_offset().
This will also make it easier to switch over to using vmap() for buffers.
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Eliminate cpufreq_userspace scaling_setspeed deadlock.
Luming Yu recently uncovered yet another cpufreq related deadlock.
One thread that continuously switches the governors and the other thread that
repeatedly cats the contents of cpufreq directory causes both these threads to
go into a deadlock.
Detailed examination of the deadlock showed the exact flow before the deadlock
as:
Thread 1 Thread 2
________ ________
cats files under /sys/devices/.../cpufreq/
Set governor to userspace
Adds a new sysfs entry for
scaling_setspeed
cats files under /sys/devices/.../cpufreq/
Set governor to performance
Holds cpufreq_rw_sem in write
mode
Sends a STOP notify to
userspace governor
cat /sys/devices/.../cpufreq/scaling_setspeed
Gets a handle on the above sysfs entry with
sysfs_get_active
Blocks while trying to get cpufreq_rw_sem
in read mode
Remove a sysfs entry for
scaling_setspeed
Blocks on sysfs_deactivate
while waiting for earlier
get_active (on other thread)
to drain
At this point both threads go into deadlock and any other thread that tries to
do anything with sysfs cpufreq will also block.
There seems to be no easy way to avoid this deadlock as long as
cpufreq_userspace adds/removes the sysfs entry under same kobject as cpufreq.
Below patch moves scaling_setspeed to cpufreq.c, keeping it always and calling
back the governor on read/write. This is the cleanest fix I could think of,
even though adding two callbacks in governor structure just for this seems
unnecessary.
Note that the change makes scaling_setspeed under /sys/.../cpufreq permanent
and returns <unsupported> when governor is not userspace.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
See Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
Based-on-original-patch-by: Luming Yu <luming.yu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
When an ACPI table is overridden (for now this can happen only for DSDT)
display a big warning and taint the kernel with flag A.
Signed-off-by: Eric Piel <eric.piel@tremplin-utc.net>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
* 'async-tx-for-linus' of git://lost.foo-projects.org/~dwillia2/git/iop:
async_tx: allow architecture specific async_tx_find_channel implementations
async_tx: replace 'int_en' with operation preparation flags
async_tx: kill tx_set_src and tx_set_dest methods
async_tx: kill ASYNC_TX_ASSUME_COHERENT
iop-adma: use LIST_HEAD instead of LIST_HEAD_INIT
async_tx: use LIST_HEAD instead of LIST_HEAD_INIT
async_tx: fix compile breakage, mark do_async_xor __always_inline
* 'upstream-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jgarzik/libata-dev:
ata_piix.c:piix_init_one() must be __devinit
sata_via.c: Remove missleading comment.
libata-core: unblacklist HITACHI drives
sata_nv: fix ATAPI issues with memory over 4GB (v7)
ata: drivers/ata/sata_mv.c needs dmapool.h
libata: kill now unused n_iter and fix sata_fsl
ahci: fix CAP.NP and PI handling
sata_mv: Support SoC controllers
Rename: linux/pata_platform.h to linux/ata_platform.h
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (35 commits)
virtio net: fix oops on interface-up
Fix PHY Lib support for gianfar and ucc_geth
forcedeth: preserve registers
forcedeth: phy status fix
forcedeth: restart tx/rx
ipvs: Make wrr "no available servers" error message rate-limited
[PPPOL2TP]: Label unused warning when CONFIG_PROC_FS is not set.
[NET_SCHED]: cls_flow: support classification based on VLAN tag
[VLAN]: Constify skb argument to vlan_get_tag()
[NET_SCHED]: cls_flow: fix key mask validity check
[NET_SCHED]: em_meta: fix compile warning
b43: Fix DMA for 30/32-bit DMA engines
b43: fix build with CONFIG_SSB_PCIHOST=n
mac80211: Is not EXPERIMENTAL anymore
iwl3945-base.c: fix off-by-one errors
b43legacy: fix DMA slot resource leakage
b43legacy: drop packets we are not able to encrypt
b43legacy: fix suspend/resume
b43legacy: fix PIO crash
Generic HDLC - use random_ether_addr()
...
Move a few kernel-only things into __KERNEL__.
Signed-off-by: Olaf Hering <olaf@aepfle.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__journal_abort_hard() can now become static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Finish ITERATE_ to for_each conversion.
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
As this is more in line with common practice in the kernel. Also swap the
args around to be more like list_for_each.
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently, a given device is "claimed" by a particular array so that it cannot
be used by other arrays.
This is not ideal for DDF and other metadata schemes which have their own
partitioning concept.
So for externally managed metadata, just claim the device for md in general,
require that "offset" and "size" are set properly for each device, and make
sure that if a device is included in different arrays then the active sections
do not overlap.
This involves adding another flag to the rdev which makes it awkward to set
"->flags = 0" to clear certain flags. So now clear flags explicitly by name
when we want to clear things.
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This allows userspace to control resync/reshape progress and synchronise it
with other activities, such as shared access in a SAN, or backing up critical
sections during a tricky reshape.
Writing a number of sectors (which must be a multiple of the chunk size if
such is meaningful) causes a resync to pause when it gets to that point.
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
- Add a state flag 'external' to indicate that the metadata is managed
externally (by user-space) so important changes need to be
left of user-space to handle.
Alternates are non-persistant ('none') where there is no stable metadata -
after the array is stopped there is no record of it's status - and
internal which can be version 0.90 or version 1.x
These are selected by writing to the 'metadata' attribute.
- move the updating of superblocks (sync_sbs) to after we have checked if
there are any superblocks or not.
- New array state 'write_pending'. This means that the metadata records
the array as 'clean', but a write has been requested, so the metadata has
to be updated to record a 'dirty' array before the write can continue.
This change is reported to md by writing 'active' to the array_state
attribute.
- tidy up marking of sb_dirty:
- don't set sb_dirty when resync finishes as md_check_recovery
calls md_update_sb when the sync thread finishes anyway.
- Don't set sb_dirty in multipath_run as the array might not be dirty.
- don't mark superblock dirty when switching to 'clean' if there
is no internal superblock (if external, userspace can choose to
update the superblock whenever it chooses to).
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently an md array with a write-intent bitmap does not updated that bitmap
to reflect successful partial resync. Rather the entire bitmap is updated
when the resync completes.
This is because there is no guarentee that resync requests will complete in
order, and tracking each request individually is unnecessarily burdensome.
However there is value in regularly updating the bitmap, so add code to
periodically pause while all pending sync requests complete, then update the
bitmap. Doing this only every few seconds (the same as the bitmap update
time) does not notciably affect resync performance.
[snitzer@gmail.com: export bitmap_cond_end_sync]
Signed-off-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: "Mike Snitzer" <snitzer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch makes it possible to control panel pins usage with flags passed
from the platform data. Without this patch the sm501fb driver always controls
the VBIASEN and FPEN pins. The polarity and use of these pins are very
platform specific, so this patch introduces the flags
SM501FB_FLAG_PANEL_USE_VBIASEN and SM501FB_FLAG_PANEL_USE_FPEN which enable
the use of these pins.
This patch is needed to support the a Sharp LQ104V1DG21 lcd panel on SuperH
platforms such as R2D-1 and R2D-PLUS boards. Letting the sm501fb driver
control the FPEN and VBIASEN pins like today just results in lcd panel
flicker.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@igel.co.jp>
Cc: "Antonino A. Daplas" <adaplas@pol.net>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This second part of an extension to support more pca953x chips renames the C
and Kconfig symbols. All affected files were updated by sed, except for a
couple of obvious exceptions. It also updates the Kconfig helptext.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
First part of an extension to let the pca9539 driver support more chips,
starting with pca9534, pca9535, pca9536, pca9537, and pca9538.
This renames the files and modifies the Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add a GPIO 1-wire bus master driver. The driver used the GPIO API to
control the wire and the GPIO pin can be specified using platform data
similar to i2c-gpio. The driver was tested with AT91SAM9260 + DS2401.
Signed-off-by: Ville Syrjala <syrjala@sci.fi>
Cc: Evgeniy Polyakov <johnpol@2ka.mipt.ru>
Cc: David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Provide support to add an optional user defined callback to be run at
function entry of a kretprobe'd function. Also modify the kprobe smoke
tests to include an entry-handler during the kretprobe sanity test.
Signed-off-by: Abhishek Sagar <sagar.abhishek@gmail.com>
Cc: Prasanna S Panchamukhi <prasanna@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli <ananth@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Anil S Keshavamurthy <anil.s.keshavamurthy@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jim Keniston <jkenisto@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The kernel has a divide by zero crash when trying to run the system timer
less than 100Hz. The problem is x/(HZ/USER_HZ) and related. Now
x*(USER_HZ/HZ) will be used if HZ<USER_HZ.
I'm running the Linux kernel under qemu and went to run a slower system
timer to take less CPU (and battery) on the host. I found that the kernel
paniced under emulation because of a divide by zero in three places. Here
is the patch. The base git was updated today 01-05-2008. I went for a
20Hz system time by adding config HZ_20 etc to kernel/Kconfig.hz. With
this patch I verified the system timer by looking at /proc/interrupts.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: partially clean up the macro maze]
Signed-off-by: David Fries <david@fries.net>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
groups_sort() can be quite long if user loads a large gid table.
This is because GROUP_AT(group_info, some_integer) uses an integer divide.
So having to do XXX thousand divides during one syscall can lead to very
high latencies. (NGROUPS_MAX=65536)
In the past (25 Mar 2006), an analog problem was found in groups_search()
(commit d74beb9f33a5f16d2965f11b275e401f225c949d ) and at that time I
changed some variables to unsigned int.
I believe that a more generic fix is to make sure NGROUPS_PER_BLOCK is
unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Added pci device id for the Quatech SPPXP-100 ExpressCard - 0x278 - to
include/linux/pci_id.h
Modified drivers/parport/parport_pc.c to support the Quatech SPPXP-100 Parallel port PCI ExpressCard
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: build fix]
Signed-off-by: Luís P Mendes <luis.p.mendes@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This adds support to allow asm/ptrace.h to define two new macros,
arch_ptrace_stop_needed and arch_ptrace_stop. These control special
machine-specific actions to be done before a ptrace stop. The new code
compiles away to nothing when the new macros are not defined. This is the
case on all machines to begin with.
On ia64, these macros will be defined to solve the long-standing issue of
ptrace vs register backing store.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: Petr Tesarik <ptesarik@suse.cz>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
I couldn't find any users, so removing it..
Signed-off-by: Daniel Walker <dwalker@mvista.com>
Cc: Karsten Keil <kkeil@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
I couldn't find any users, so removing it..
Signed-off-by: Daniel Walker <dwalker@mvista.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The rcu_assign_pointer() primitive currently unconditionally executes a
memory barrier, even when a NULL pointer is being assigned. This has lead
some to avoid using rcu_assign_pointer() for NULL pointers, which loses the
self-documenting advantages of rcu_assign_pointer() This patch uses
__builtin_const_p() to omit needless memory barriers for NULL-pointer
assignments at compile time with no runtime penalty, as discussed in the
following thread:
http://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg54852.html
Tested on x86_64 and ppc64, also compiled the four cases (NULL/non-NULL
and const/non-const) with gcc version 4.1.2, and hand-checked the
assembly output.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
NR_OPEN (historically set to 1024*1024) actually forbids processes to open
more than 1024*1024 handles.
Unfortunatly some production servers hit the not so 'ridiculously high
value' of 1024*1024 file descriptors per process.
Changing NR_OPEN is not considered safe because of vmalloc space potential
exhaust.
This patch introduces a new sysctl (/proc/sys/fs/nr_open) wich defaults to
1024*1024, so that admins can decide to change this limit if their workload
needs it.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: export it for sparc64]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Cc: Richard Henderson <rth@twiddle.net>
Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently, no notification event has been sent when inode's link count
changed. This is inconvenient for the application in some cases:
Suppose you have the following directory structure
foo/test
bar/
and you watch test. If someone does "mv foo/test bar/", you get event
IN_MOVE_SELF and you know something has happened with the file "test".
However if someone does "ln foo/test bar/test" and "rm foo/test" you get no
inotify event for the file "test" (only directories "foo" and "bar" receive
events).
Furthermore it could be argued that link count belongs to file's metadata and
thus IN_ATTRIB should be sent when it changes.
The following patch implements sending of IN_ATTRIB inotify events when link
count of the inode changes, i.e., when a hardlink to the inode is created or
when it is removed. This event is sent in addition to all the events sent so
far. In particular, when a last link to a file is removed, IN_ATTRIB event is
sent in addition to IN_DELETE_SELF event.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Morten Welinder <mwelinder@gmail.com>
Cc: Robert Love <rlove@google.com>
Cc: John McCutchan <ttb@tentacle.dhs.org>
Cc: Steven French <sfrench@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Kamalesh Babulal <kamalesh@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Use list_for_each_entry_reverse for super_blocks list and remove
unused sb_entry macro.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
I was happy to discover the brand new IS_ALIGN macro and quickly used it in
my code. To my dismay I found that the generated code used division to
perform the test.
This patch fixes it by changing the % test to an &. This avoids the
division.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Instead of allocating a fix sized array of NR_CPUS pointers for percpu_data,
we can use nr_cpu_ids, which is generally < NR_CPUS.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
After some archeology (see http://logfs.org/logfs/inode_state_bits) I
finally figured out what the three I_DIRTY bits do. Maybe others would
prefer less effort to reach this insight.
Signed-off-by: Joern Engel <joern@logfs.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Given a number of places in the tree that need to calculate this value
explicitly, might as well just create a macro for it.
(akpm: must be implemented as a macro for callee typeof() usage)
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add a proper prototype for vty_init() in include/linux/vt_kern.h
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Ad a proper prototype for migration_init() in include/linux/fs.h
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add a proper prototype for signals_init() in include/linux/signal.h
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
- All implementations can be __devinit
- The function prototypes were in asm/timex.h but they all must be the same,
so create a single declaration in linux/timex.h.
- uninline the sparc64 version to match the other architectures
- Don't bother #defining ARCH_HAS_READ_CURRENT_TIMER to a particular value.
[ezk@cs.sunysb.edu: fix build]
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch contains the scheduled removal of OSS drivers whose config
options have been removed in 2.6.23.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add a proper prototype for show_interrupts() in include/linux/interrupt.h
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This allows a flag to be set on loop devices so that when they are
closed for the last time, they'll self-destruct.
In general, so that we can automatically allocate loop devices (as with
losetup -f) and have them disappear when we're done with them.
In particular, right now, so that we can stop relying on the hackish
special-case in umount(8) which kills off loop devices which were set up by
'mount -oloop'. That means we can stop putting crap in /etc/mtab which
doesn't belong there, which means it can be a symlink to /proc/mounts, which
means yet another writable file on the root filesystem is eliminated and the
'stateless' folks get happier... and OLPC trac #356 can be closed.
The mount(8) side of that is at
http://marc.info/?l=util-linux-ng&m=119362955431694&w=2
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Bernardo Innocenti <bernie@codewiz.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The 32-bit version is more efficient (and apparently gives better hash
results than the 64-bit version), so users who are only hashing a 32-bit
quantity can now opt to use the 32-bit version explicitly, rather than
promoting to a long.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@linux.intel.com>
Cc: William Lee Irwin III <wli@holomorphy.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The source and destination addresses are included to allow channel
selection based on address alignment.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Pass a full set of flags to drivers' per-operation 'prep' routines.
Currently the only flag passed is DMA_PREP_INTERRUPT. The expectation is
that arch-specific async_tx_find_channel() implementations can exploit this
capability to find the best channel for an operation.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
The tx_set_src and tx_set_dest methods were originally implemented to allow
an array of addresses to be passed down from async_xor to the dmaengine
driver while minimizing stack overhead. Removing these methods allows
drivers to have all transaction parameters available at 'prep' time, saves
two function pointers in struct dma_async_tx_descriptor, and reduces the
number of indirect branches..
A consequence of moving this data to the 'prep' routine is that
multi-source routines like async_xor need temporary storage to convert an
array of linear addresses into an array of dma addresses. In order to keep
the same stack footprint of the previous implementation the input array is
reused as storage for the dma addresses. This requires that
sizeof(dma_addr_t) be less than or equal to sizeof(void *). As a
consequence CONFIG_DMADEVICES now depends on !CONFIG_HIGHMEM64G. It also
requires that drivers be able to make descriptor resources available when
the 'prep' routine is polled.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Remove the unused ASYNC_TX_ASSUME_COHERENT flag. Async_tx is
meant to hide the difference between asynchronous hardware and synchronous
software operations, this flag requires clients to understand cache
coherency consequences of the async path.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
qc->n_iter was used for libata's own sg walking before sg chaining
replaced it. During conversion, the field and its usage in sata_fsl
were left behind. Kill the filed and update sata_fsl.
tj: This was part of James's libata-use-block-layer-padding patch.
Separated out by me.
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
Cc: Li Yang <leoli@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Marvell's Orion SoC includes SATA controllers based on Marvell's
PCI-to-SATA 88SX controllers. This patch extends the libATA sata_mv
driver to support those controllers.
[edited to use linux/ata_platform.h -jg]
Signed-off-by: Saeed Bishara <saeed@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Iterating through a device node's parents is simple enough, but dealing
with the refcounts properly is a little ugly, and replicating that logic
is asking for someone to get it wrong or forget it all together, eg:
while (dn != NULL) {
/* loop body */
tmp = of_get_parent(dn);
of_node_put(dn);
dn = tmp;
}
So add of_get_next_parent(), inspired by of_get_next_child(). The
contract is that it returns the parent and drops the reference on the
current node, this makes the loop look like:
while (dn != NULL) {
/* loop body */
dn = of_get_next_parent(dn);
}
Signed-off-by: Michael Ellerman <michael@ellerman.id.au>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
egrep serial /proc/acpi/battery/BAT0/info
serial number: 32090
serial number can tell you from the imminent danger
of beeing set on fire.
Signed-off-by: maximilian attems <max@stro.at>
Acked-by: Alexey Starikovskiy <astarikovskiy@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
ide-cris.c:
* Add cris_setup_ports() helper and use it instead of ide_setup_ports()
(fixes random value being set in ->io_ports[IDE_IRQ_OFFSET]).
buddha.c:
* Add buddha_setup_ports() helper and use it instead of ide_setup_ports().
falconide.c:
* Add falconide_setup_ports() helper and use it instead of ide_setup_ports(),
also fix return value of falconide_init() while at it.
gayle.c:
* Add gayle_setup_ports() helper and use it instead of ide_setup_ports().
macide.c:
* Add macide_setup_ports() helper and use it instead of ide_setup_ports()
(fixes incorrect value being set in ->io_ports[IDE_IRQ_OFFSET]).
q40ide.c:
* Fix q40_ide_setup_ports() comments.
ide.c:
* Remove no longer needed ide_setup_ports().
Cc: Mikael Starvik <starvik@axis.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
This is Palmchip BK3710 IDE controller support.
The IDE controller logic supports PIO, MultiWord-DMA and Ultra-DMA modes.
Supports interface to Compact Flash (CF) configured in True-IDE mode.
Bart:
- remove dead code
- fix ide_hwif_setup_dma() build problem
Signed-off-by: Anton Salnikov <asalnikov@ru.mvista.com>
Reviewed-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Required by next patch to use it from the flow classifier.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following is an implementation of the Windows Management
Instrumentation (WMI) ACPI interface mapper (PNP0C14).
What it does:
Parses the _WDG method and exports functions to process WMI method calls,
data block query/ set commands (both based on GUID) and does basic event
handling.
How: WMI presents an in kernel interface here (essentially, a minimal
wrapper around ACPI)
(const char *guid assume the 36 character ASCII representation of
a GUID - e.g. 67C3371D-95A3-4C37-BB61-DD47B491DAAB)
wmi_evaluate_method(const char *guid, u8 instance, u32 method_id,
const struct acpi_buffer *in, struct acpi_buffer *out)
wmi_query_block(const char *guid, u8 instance,
struct acpi_buffer *out)
wmi_set_block(const char *guid, u38 instance,
const struct acpi_buffer *in)
wmi_install_notify_handler(acpi_notify_handler handler);
wmi_remove_notify_handler(void);
wmi_get_event_data(u32 event, struct acpi_buffer *out)
wmi_has_guid(const char guid*)
wmi_has_guid() is a helper function to find if a GUID exists or not on the
system (a quick and easy way for WMI dependant drivers to see if the
the method/ block they want exists, since GUIDs are supposed to be unique).
Event handling - allow a WMI based driver to register a notifier handler
for each GUID with WMI. When a notification is sent to a GUID in WMI, the
handler registered with WMI is then called (it is left to the caller to
ask for the WMI event data associated with the GUID, if needed).
What it won't do:
Unicode - The MS article[1] calls for converting between ASCII and Unicode (or
vice versa) if a GUID is marked as "string". This is left up to the calling
driver.
Handle a MOF[1] - the WMI mapper just exports methods, data and events to
userspace. MOF handling is down to userspace.
Userspace interface - this will be added later.
[1] http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/system/pnppwr/wmi/wmi-acpi.mspx
===
ChangeLog
==
v1 (2007-10-02):
* Initial release
v2 (2007-10-05):
* Cleaned up code - split up super "wmi_evaluate_block" -> each external
symbol now handles its own ACPI calls, rather than handing off to
a "super" method (and in turn, is a lot simpler to read)
* Added a find_guid() symbol - return true if a given GUID exists on
the system
* wmi_* functions now return type acpi_status (since they are just
fancy wrappers around acpi_evaluate_object())
* Removed extra debug code
v3 (2007-10-27)
* More code clean up - now passes checkpatch.pl
* Change data block calls - ref MS spec, method ID is not required for
them, so drop it from the function parameters.
* Const'ify guid in the function call parameters.
* Fix _WDG buffer handling - copy the data to our own private structure.
* Change WMI from tristate to bool - otherwise the external functions are
not exported in linux/acpi.h if you try to build WMI as a module.
* Fix more flag comparisons.
* Add a maintainers entry - since I wrote this, I should take the blame
for it.
v4 (2007-10-30)
* Add missing brace from after fixing checkpatch errors.
* Rewrote event handling - allow external drivers to register with WMI to
handle WMI events
* Clean up flags and sanitise flag handling
v5 (2007-11-03)
* Add sysfs interface for userspace. Export events over netlink again.
* Remove module left overs, fully convert to built-in driver.
* Tweak in-kernel API to use u8 for instance, since this is what the GUID
blocks use (so instance cannot be greater than u8).
* Export wmi_get_event_data() for in kernel WMI drivers.
v6 (2007-11-07)
* Split out userspace into a different patch
v7 (2007-11-20)
* Fix driver to handle multiple PNP0C14 devices - store all GUIDs using
the kernel's built in list functions, and just keep adding to the list
every time we handle a PNP0C14 devices - GUIDs will always be unique,
and WMI callers do not know or care about different devices.
* Change WMI event handler registration to use its' own event handling
struct; we should not pass an acpi_handle down to any WMI based drivers
- they should be able to function with only the calls provided in WMI.
* Update my e-mail address
v8 (2007-11-28)
* Convert back to a module.
* Update Kconfig to default to building as a module.
* Remove an erroneous printk.
* Simply comments for string flag (since we now leave the handling to the
caller).
v9 (2007-12-07)
* Add back missing MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE for autoloading
* Checkpatch fixes
v10 (2007-12-12)
* Workaround broken GUIDs declared expensive without a WCxx method.
* Minor cleanups
v11 (2007-12-17)
* More fixing for broken GUIDs declared expensive without a WCxx method.
* Add basic EmbeddedControl region handling.
v12 (2007-12-18)
* Changed EC region handling code, as per Alexey's comments.
v13 (2007-12-27)
* Changed event handling so that we can have one event handler registered
per GUID, as per Matthew Garrett's suggestion.
v14 (2008-01-12)
* Remove ACPI debug statements
v15 (2008-02-01)
* Replace two remaining 'x == NULL' type tests with '!x'
v16 (2008-02-05)
* Change MAINTAINERS entry, as I am not, and never have been, paid to work
on WMI
* Remove 'default' line from Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Carlos Corbacho <carlos@strangeworlds.co.uk>
CC: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org>
CC: Alexey Starikovskiy <aystarik@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
m68k allmodconfig gives
drivers/net/wireless/b43/main.c:251: error: implicit declaration of function 'mmiowb'
because CONFIG_B43=m, CONFIG_SSB_PCIHOST=n.
Might be Kconfig bustage, but this works...
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'agp-patches' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/airlied/agp-2.6:
agp: remove flush_agp_mappings calls from new flush handling code
intel-agp: introduce IS_I915 and do some cleanups..
[intel_agp] fix name for G35 chipset
intel-agp: fixup resource handling in flush code.
intel-agp: add new chipset ID
agp: remove unnecessary pci_dev_put
agp: remove uid comparison as security check
fix AGP warning
agp/intel: Add chipset flushing support for i8xx chipsets.
intel-agp: add chipset flushing support
agp: add chipset flushing support to AGP interface
Add some new card definitions and fix a typo (from Eugen Paiuc).
Signed-off-by: Finn Thain <fthain@telegraphics.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Make it possible to unregister a led classdev object in a safe way during a
suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Cc: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Make it possible to unregister a Hardware Random Number Generator
device object in a safe way during a suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Cc: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Make it possible to unregister a misc device object in a safe way during a
suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Cc: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Replace latency.c use with pm_qos_params use.
Signed-off-by: mark gross <mgross@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Jaroslav Kysela <perex@suse.cz>
Cc: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The following patch is a generalization of the latency.c implementation done
by Arjan last year. It provides infrastructure for more than one parameter,
and exposes a user mode interface for processes to register pm_qos
expectations of processes.
This interface provides a kernel and user mode interface for registering
performance expectations by drivers, subsystems and user space applications on
one of the parameters.
Currently we have {cpu_dma_latency, network_latency, network_throughput} as
the initial set of pm_qos parameters.
The infrastructure exposes multiple misc device nodes one per implemented
parameter. The set of parameters implement is defined by pm_qos_power_init()
and pm_qos_params.h. This is done because having the available parameters
being runtime configurable or changeable from a driver was seen as too easy to
abuse.
For each parameter a list of performance requirements is maintained along with
an aggregated target value. The aggregated target value is updated with
changes to the requirement list or elements of the list. Typically the
aggregated target value is simply the max or min of the requirement values
held in the parameter list elements.
>From kernel mode the use of this interface is simple:
pm_qos_add_requirement(param_id, name, target_value):
Will insert a named element in the list for that identified PM_QOS
parameter with the target value. Upon change to this list the new target is
recomputed and any registered notifiers are called only if the target value
is now different.
pm_qos_update_requirement(param_id, name, new_target_value):
Will search the list identified by the param_id for the named list element
and then update its target value, calling the notification tree if the
aggregated target is changed. with that name is already registered.
pm_qos_remove_requirement(param_id, name):
Will search the identified list for the named element and remove it, after
removal it will update the aggregate target and call the notification tree
if the target was changed as a result of removing the named requirement.
>From user mode:
Only processes can register a pm_qos requirement. To provide for
automatic cleanup for process the interface requires the process to register
its parameter requirements in the following way:
To register the default pm_qos target for the specific parameter, the
process must open one of /dev/[cpu_dma_latency, network_latency,
network_throughput]
As long as the device node is held open that process has a registered
requirement on the parameter. The name of the requirement is
"process_<PID>" derived from the current->pid from within the open system
call.
To change the requested target value the process needs to write a s32
value to the open device node. This translates to a
pm_qos_update_requirement call.
To remove the user mode request for a target value simply close the device
node.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix build]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix build again]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: mark gross <mgross@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Jaroslav Kysela <perex@suse.cz>
Cc: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Cc: Venki Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Cc: Adam Belay <abelay@novell.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
kernel_shutdown_prepare() can now become static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Smack is the Simplified Mandatory Access Control Kernel.
Smack implements mandatory access control (MAC) using labels
attached to tasks and data containers, including files, SVIPC,
and other tasks. Smack is a kernel based scheme that requires
an absolute minimum of application support and a very small
amount of configuration data.
Smack uses extended attributes and
provides a set of general mount options, borrowing technics used
elsewhere. Smack uses netlabel for CIPSO labeling. Smack provides
a pseudo-filesystem smackfs that is used for manipulation of
system Smack attributes.
The patch, patches for ls and sshd, a README, a startup script,
and x86 binaries for ls and sshd are also available on
http://www.schaufler-ca.com
Development has been done using Fedora Core 7 in a virtual machine
environment and on an old Sony laptop.
Smack provides mandatory access controls based on the label attached
to a task and the label attached to the object it is attempting to
access. Smack labels are deliberately short (1-23 characters) text
strings. Single character labels using special characters are reserved
for system use. The only operation applied to Smack labels is equality
comparison. No wildcards or expressions, regular or otherwise, are
used. Smack labels are composed of printable characters and may not
include "/".
A file always gets the Smack label of the task that created it.
Smack defines and uses these labels:
"*" - pronounced "star"
"_" - pronounced "floor"
"^" - pronounced "hat"
"?" - pronounced "huh"
The access rules enforced by Smack are, in order:
1. Any access requested by a task labeled "*" is denied.
2. A read or execute access requested by a task labeled "^"
is permitted.
3. A read or execute access requested on an object labeled "_"
is permitted.
4. Any access requested on an object labeled "*" is permitted.
5. Any access requested by a task on an object with the same
label is permitted.
6. Any access requested that is explicitly defined in the loaded
rule set is permitted.
7. Any other access is denied.
Rules may be explicitly defined by writing subject,object,access
triples to /smack/load.
Smack rule sets can be easily defined that describe Bell&LaPadula
sensitivity, Biba integrity, and a variety of interesting
configurations. Smack rule sets can be modified on the fly to
accommodate changes in the operating environment or even the time
of day.
Some practical use cases:
Hierarchical levels. The less common of the two usual uses
for MLS systems is to define hierarchical levels, often
unclassified, confidential, secret, and so on. To set up smack
to support this, these rules could be defined:
C Unclass rx
S C rx
S Unclass rx
TS S rx
TS C rx
TS Unclass rx
A TS process can read S, C, and Unclass data, but cannot write it.
An S process can read C and Unclass. Note that specifying that
TS can read S and S can read C does not imply TS can read C, it
has to be explicitly stated.
Non-hierarchical categories. This is the more common of the
usual uses for an MLS system. Since the default rule is that a
subject cannot access an object with a different label no
access rules are required to implement compartmentalization.
A case that the Bell & LaPadula policy does not allow is demonstrated
with this Smack access rule:
A case that Bell&LaPadula does not allow that Smack does:
ESPN ABC r
ABC ESPN r
On my portable video device I have two applications, one that
shows ABC programming and the other ESPN programming. ESPN wants
to show me sport stories that show up as news, and ABC will
only provide minimal information about a sports story if ESPN
is covering it. Each side can look at the other's info, neither
can change the other. Neither can see what FOX is up to, which
is just as well all things considered.
Another case that I especially like:
SatData Guard w
Guard Publish w
A program running with the Guard label opens a UDP socket and
accepts messages sent by a program running with a SatData label.
The Guard program inspects the message to ensure it is wholesome
and if it is sends it to a program running with the Publish label.
This program then puts the information passed in an appropriate
place. Note that the Guard program cannot write to a Publish
file system object because file system semanitic require read as
well as write.
The four cases (categories, levels, mutual read, guardbox) here
are all quite real, and problems I've been asked to solve over
the years. The first two are easy to do with traditonal MLS systems
while the last two you can't without invoking privilege, at least
for a while.
Signed-off-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Cc: Joshua Brindle <method@manicmethod.com>
Cc: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: "Ahmed S. Darwish" <darwish.07@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew G. Morgan <morgan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The capability bounding set is a set beyond which capabilities cannot grow.
Currently cap_bset is per-system. It can be manipulated through sysctl,
but only init can add capabilities. Root can remove capabilities. By
default it includes all caps except CAP_SETPCAP.
This patch makes the bounding set per-process when file capabilities are
enabled. It is inherited at fork from parent. Noone can add elements,
CAP_SETPCAP is required to remove them.
One example use of this is to start a safer container. For instance, until
device namespaces or per-container device whitelists are introduced, it is
best to take CAP_MKNOD away from a container.
The bounding set will not affect pP and pE immediately. It will only
affect pP' and pE' after subsequent exec()s. It also does not affect pI,
and exec() does not constrain pI'. So to really start a shell with no way
of regain CAP_MKNOD, you would do
prctl(PR_CAPBSET_DROP, CAP_MKNOD);
cap_t cap = cap_get_proc();
cap_value_t caparray[1];
caparray[0] = CAP_MKNOD;
cap_set_flag(cap, CAP_INHERITABLE, 1, caparray, CAP_DROP);
cap_set_proc(cap);
cap_free(cap);
The following test program will get and set the bounding
set (but not pI). For instance
./bset get
(lists capabilities in bset)
./bset drop cap_net_raw
(starts shell with new bset)
(use capset, setuid binary, or binary with
file capabilities to try to increase caps)
************************************************************
cap_bound.c
************************************************************
#include <sys/prctl.h>
#include <linux/capability.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifndef PR_CAPBSET_READ
#define PR_CAPBSET_READ 23
#endif
#ifndef PR_CAPBSET_DROP
#define PR_CAPBSET_DROP 24
#endif
int usage(char *me)
{
printf("Usage: %s get\n", me);
printf(" %s drop <capability>\n", me);
return 1;
}
#define numcaps 32
char *captable[numcaps] = {
"cap_chown",
"cap_dac_override",
"cap_dac_read_search",
"cap_fowner",
"cap_fsetid",
"cap_kill",
"cap_setgid",
"cap_setuid",
"cap_setpcap",
"cap_linux_immutable",
"cap_net_bind_service",
"cap_net_broadcast",
"cap_net_admin",
"cap_net_raw",
"cap_ipc_lock",
"cap_ipc_owner",
"cap_sys_module",
"cap_sys_rawio",
"cap_sys_chroot",
"cap_sys_ptrace",
"cap_sys_pacct",
"cap_sys_admin",
"cap_sys_boot",
"cap_sys_nice",
"cap_sys_resource",
"cap_sys_time",
"cap_sys_tty_config",
"cap_mknod",
"cap_lease",
"cap_audit_write",
"cap_audit_control",
"cap_setfcap"
};
int getbcap(void)
{
int comma=0;
unsigned long i;
int ret;
printf("i know of %d capabilities\n", numcaps);
printf("capability bounding set:");
for (i=0; i<numcaps; i++) {
ret = prctl(PR_CAPBSET_READ, i);
if (ret < 0)
perror("prctl");
else if (ret==1)
printf("%s%s", (comma++) ? ", " : " ", captable[i]);
}
printf("\n");
return 0;
}
int capdrop(char *str)
{
unsigned long i;
int found=0;
for (i=0; i<numcaps; i++) {
if (strcmp(captable[i], str) == 0) {
found=1;
break;
}
}
if (!found)
return 1;
if (prctl(PR_CAPBSET_DROP, i)) {
perror("prctl");
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
if (argc<2)
return usage(argv[0]);
if (strcmp(argv[1], "get")==0)
return getbcap();
if (strcmp(argv[1], "drop")!=0 || argc<3)
return usage(argv[0]);
if (capdrop(argv[2])) {
printf("unknown capability\n");
return 1;
}
return execl("/bin/bash", "/bin/bash", NULL);
}
************************************************************
[serue@us.ibm.com: fix typo]
Signed-off-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew G. Morgan <morgan@kernel.org>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Cc: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>a
Signed-off-by: "Serge E. Hallyn" <serue@us.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
KaiGai Kohei observed that this line in the linux header is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew G. Morgan <morgan@kernel.org>
Cc: KaiGai Kohei <kaigai@kaigai.gr.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The patch supports legacy (32-bit) capability userspace, and where possible
translates 32-bit capabilities to/from userspace and the VFS to 64-bit
kernel space capabilities. If a capability set cannot be compressed into
32-bits for consumption by user space, the system call fails, with -ERANGE.
FWIW libcap-2.00 supports this change (and earlier capability formats)
http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/security/linux-privs/kernel-2.6/
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-syle fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: use get_task_comm()]
[ezk@cs.sunysb.edu: build fix]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: do not initialise statics to 0 or NULL]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: unused var]
[serue@us.ibm.com: export __cap_ symbols]
Signed-off-by: Andrew G. Morgan <morgan@kernel.org>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Erez Zadok <ezk@cs.sunysb.edu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Revert b68680e4731abbd78863063aaa0dca2a6d8cc723 to make way for the next
patch: "Add 64-bit capability support to the kernel".
We want to keep the vfs_cap_data.data[] structure, using two 'data's for
64-bit caps (and later three for 96-bit caps), whereas
b68680e4731abbd78863063aaa0dca2a6d8cc723 had gotten rid of the 'data' struct
made its members inline.
The 64-bit caps patch keeps the stack abuse fix at get_file_caps(), which was
the more important part of that patch.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Cc: Andrew Morgan <morgan@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This patch modifies the interface to inode_getsecurity to have the function
return a buffer containing the security blob and its length via parameters
instead of relying on the calling function to give it an appropriately sized
buffer.
Security blobs obtained with this function should be freed using the
release_secctx LSM hook. This alleviates the problem of the caller having to
guess a length and preallocate a buffer for this function allowing it to be
used elsewhere for Labeled NFS.
The patch also removed the unused err parameter. The conversion is similar to
the one performed by Al Viro for the security_getprocattr hook.
Signed-off-by: David P. Quigley <dpquigl@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Acked-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
After making dirty a 100M file, the normal behavior is to start the
writeback for all data after 30s delays. But sometimes the following
happens instead:
- after 30s: ~4M
- after 5s: ~4M
- after 5s: all remaining 92M
Some analyze shows that the internal io dispatch queues goes like this:
s_io s_more_io
-------------------------
1) 100M,1K 0
2) 1K 96M
3) 0 96M
1) initial state with a 100M file and a 1K file
2) 4M written, nr_to_write <= 0, so write more
3) 1K written, nr_to_write > 0, no more writes(BUG)
nr_to_write > 0 in (3) fools the upper layer to think that data have all
been written out. The big dirty file is actually still sitting in
s_more_io. We cannot simply splice s_more_io back to s_io as soon as s_io
becomes empty, and let the loop in generic_sync_sb_inodes() continue: this
may starve newly expired inodes in s_dirty. It is also not an option to
draw inodes from both s_more_io and s_dirty, an let the loop go on: this
might lead to live locks, and might also starve other superblocks in sync
time(well kupdate may still starve some superblocks, that's another bug).
We have to return when a full scan of s_io completes. So nr_to_write > 0
does not necessarily mean that "all data are written". This patch
introduces a flag writeback_control.more_io to indicate that more io should
be done. With it the big dirty file no longer has to wait for the next
kupdate invokation 5s later.
In sync_sb_inodes() we only set more_io on super_blocks we actually
visited. This avoids the interaction between two pdflush deamons.
Also in __sync_single_inode() we don't blindly keep requeuing the io if the
filesystem cannot progress. Failing to do so may lead to 100% iowait.
Tested-by: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <wfg@mail.ustc.edu.cn>
Cc: Michael Rubin <mrubin@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
After running SetPageUptodate, preceeding stores to the page contents to
actually bring it uptodate may not be ordered with the store to set the
page uptodate.
Therefore, another CPU which checks PageUptodate is true, then reads the
page contents can get stale data.
Fix this by having an smp_wmb before SetPageUptodate, and smp_rmb after
PageUptodate.
Many places that test PageUptodate, do so with the page locked, and this
would be enough to ensure memory ordering in those places if
SetPageUptodate were only called while the page is locked. Unfortunately
that is not always the case for some filesystems, but it could be an idea
for the future.
Also bring the handling of anonymous page uptodateness in line with that of
file backed page management, by marking anon pages as uptodate when they
_are_ uptodate, rather than when our implementation requires that they be
marked as such. Doing allows us to get rid of the smp_wmb's in the page
copying functions, which were especially added for anonymous pages for an
analogous memory ordering problem. Both file and anonymous pages are
handled with the same barriers.
FAQ:
Q. Why not do this in flush_dcache_page?
A. Firstly, flush_dcache_page handles only one side (the smb side) of the
ordering protocol; we'd still need smp_rmb somewhere. Secondly, hiding away
memory barriers in a completely unrelated function is nasty; at least in the
PageUptodate macros, they are located together with (half) the operations
involved in the ordering. Thirdly, the smp_wmb is only required when first
bringing the page uptodate, wheras flush_dcache_page should be called each time
it is written to through the kernel mapping. It is logically the wrong place to
put it.
Q. Why does this increase my text size / reduce my performance / etc.
A. Because it is adding the necessary instructions to eliminate the data-race.
Q. Can it be improved?
A. Yes, eg. if you were to create a rule that all SetPageUptodate operations
run under the page lock, we could avoid the smp_rmb places where PageUptodate
is queried under the page lock. Requires audit of all filesystems and at least
some would need reworking. That's great you're interested, I'm eagerly awaiting
your patches.
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add vm.highmem_is_dirtyable toggle
A 32 bit machine with HIGHMEM64 enabled running DCC has an MMAPed file of
approximately 2Gb size which contains a hash format that is written
randomly by the dbclean process. On 2.6.16 this process took a few
minutes. With lowmem only accounting of dirty ratios, this takes about 12
hours of 100% disk IO, all random writes.
Include a toggle in /proc/sys/vm/highmem_is_dirtyable which can be set to 1 to
add the highmem back to the total available memory count.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: Fix the CONFIG_DETECT_SOFTLOCKUP=y build]
Signed-off-by: Bron Gondwana <brong@fastmail.fm>
Cc: Ethan Solomita <solo@google.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: WU Fengguang <wfg@mail.ustc.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
We have repeatedly discussed if the cold pages still have a point. There is
one way to join the two lists: Use a single list and put the cold pages at the
end and the hot pages at the beginning. That way a single list can serve for
both types of allocations.
The discussion of the RFC for this and Mel's measurements indicate that
there may not be too much of a point left to having separate lists for
hot and cold pages (see http://marc.info/?t=119492914200001&r=1&w=2).
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@mbligh.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
- Add comments explaing how drain_pages() works.
- Eliminate useless functions
- Rename drain_all_local_pages to drain_all_pages(). It does drain
all pages not only those of the local processor.
- Eliminate useless interrupt off / on sequences. drain_pages()
disables interrupts on its own. The execution thread is
pinned to processor by the caller. So there is no need to
disable interrupts.
- Put drain_all_pages() declaration in gfp.h and remove the
declarations from suspend.h and from mm/memory_hotplug.c
- Make software suspend call drain_all_pages(). The draining
of processor local pages is may not the right approach if
software suspend wants to support SMP. If they call drain_all_pages
then we can make drain_pages() static.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix build]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This puts all the clear_refs code where it belongs and probably lets things
compile on MMU-less systems as well.
Signed-off-by: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Introduce a general page table walker
Signed-off-by: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Move is_swap_pte helper function to swapops.h for use by pagemap code
Signed-off-by: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The following replaces the earlier patches sent. It should address
David Rientjes's comments, and has been compile tested on all the
architectures that it touches, save for parisc.
For the /proc/<pid>/pagemap code[1], we need to able to query how
much virtual address space a particular task has. The trick is
that we do it through /proc and can't use TASK_SIZE since it
references "current" on some arches. The process opening the
/proc file might be a 32-bit process opening a 64-bit process's
pagemap file.
x86_64 already has a TASK_SIZE_OF() macro:
#define TASK_SIZE_OF(child) ((test_tsk_thread_flag(child, TIF_IA32)) ? IA32_PAGE_OFFSET : TASK_SIZE64)
I'd like to have that for other architectures. So, add it
for all the architectures that actually use "current" in
their TASK_SIZE. For the others, just add a quick #define
in sched.h to use plain old TASK_SIZE.
1. http://www.linuxworld.com/news/2007/042407-kernel.html
- MIPS portion from Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix mips build]
Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Acked-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
move_to_swap_cache and move_from_swap_cache functions (which swizzle a page
between tmpfs page cache and swap cache, to avoid page copying) are only used
by shmem.c; and our subsequent fix for unionfs needs different treatments in
the two instances of move_from_swap_cache. Move them from swap_state.c into
their callsites shmem_writepage, shmem_unuse_inode and shmem_getpage, making
add_to_swap_cache externally visible.
shmem.c likes to say set_page_dirty where swap_state.c liked to say
SetPageDirty: respect that diversity, which __set_page_dirty_no_writeback
makes moot (and implies we should lose that "shift page from clean_pages to
dirty_pages list" comment: it's on neither).
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Building in a filesystem on a loop device on a tmpfs file can hang when
swapping, the loop thread caught in that infamous throttle_vm_writeout.
In theory this is a long standing problem, which I've either never seen in
practice, or long ago suppressed the recollection, after discounting my load
and my tmpfs size as unrealistically high. But now, with the new aops, it has
become easy to hang on one machine.
Loop used to grab_cache_page before the old prepare_write to tmpfs, which
seems to have been enough to free up some memory for any swapin needed; but
the new write_begin lets tmpfs find or allocate the page (much nicer, since
grab_cache_page missed tmpfs pages in swapcache).
When allocating a fresh page, tmpfs respects loop's mapping_gfp_mask, which
has __GFP_IO|__GFP_FS stripped off, and throttle_vm_writeout is designed to
break out when __GFP_IO or GFP_FS is unset; but when tmfps swaps in,
read_swap_cache_async allocates with GFP_HIGHUSER_MOVABLE regardless of the
mapping_gfp_mask - hence the hang.
So, pass gfp_mask down the line from shmem_getpage to shmem_swapin to
swapin_readahead to read_swap_cache_async to add_to_swap_cache.
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
swapin_readahead has never sat well in mm/memory.c: move it to mm/swap_state.c
beside its kindred read_swap_cache_async. Why were its args in a different
order? rearrange them. And since it was always followed by a
read_swap_cache_async of the target page, fold that in and return struct
page*. Then CONFIG_SWAP=n no longer needs valid_swaphandles and
read_swap_cache_async stubs.
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Both slab defrag and the large blocksize patches need to ability to take
refcounts on compound pages. May be useful in other places as well.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Checking if an address is a vmalloc address is done in a couple of places.
Define a common version in mm.h and replace the other checks.
Again the include structures suck. The definition of VMALLOC_START and
VMALLOC_END is not available in vmalloc.h since highmem.c cannot be included
there.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Make vmalloc functions work the same way as kfree() and friends that
take a const void * argument.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix consts, coding-style]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
We already have page table manipulation for vmalloc in vmalloc.c. Move the
vmalloc_to_page() function there as well.
Move the definitions for vmalloc related functions in mm.h to a newly created
section. A better place would be vmalloc.h but mm.h is basic and may depend
on these functions. An alternative would be to include vmalloc.h in mm.h
(like done for vmstat.h).
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Simplify page cache zeroing of segments of pages through 3 functions
zero_user_segments(page, start1, end1, start2, end2)
Zeros two segments of the page. It takes the position where to
start and end the zeroing which avoids length calculations and
makes code clearer.
zero_user_segment(page, start, end)
Same for a single segment.
zero_user(page, start, length)
Length variant for the case where we know the length.
We remove the zero_user_page macro. Issues:
1. Its a macro. Inline functions are preferable.
2. The KM_USER0 macro is only defined for HIGHMEM.
Having to treat this special case everywhere makes the
code needlessly complex. The parameter for zeroing is always
KM_USER0 except in one single case that we open code.
Avoiding KM_USER0 makes a lot of code not having to be dealing
with the special casing for HIGHMEM anymore. Dealing with
kmap is only necessary for HIGHMEM configurations. In those
configurations we use KM_USER0 like we do for a series of other
functions defined in highmem.h.
Since KM_USER0 is depends on HIGHMEM the existing zero_user_page
function could not be a macro. zero_user_* functions introduced
here can be be inline because that constant is not used when these
functions are called.
Also extract the flushing of the caches to be outside of the kmap.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix nfs and ntfs build]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix ntfs build some more]
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Cc: Steven French <sfrench@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com>
Cc: <linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Cc: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
Cc: Anton Altaparmakov <aia21@cantab.net>
Cc: Mark Fasheh <mark.fasheh@oracle.com>
Cc: David Chinner <dgc@sgi.com>
Cc: Michael Halcrow <mhalcrow@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Steven French <sfrench@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This adds a new-style I2C driver with basic support for the sixteen bit
PCA9539 GPIO expanders. These chips have multiple registers, push-pull output
drivers, and (not supported in this patch) pin change interrupts.
Board-specific code must provide "pca9539_platform_data" with each chip's
"i2c_board_info". That provides the GPIO numbers to be used by that chip, and
callbacks for board-specific setup/teardown logic.
Derived from drivers/i2c/chips/pca9539.c (which has no current known users).
This is faster and simpler; it uses 16-bit register access, and cache the
OUTPUT and DIRECTION registers for fast access
Signed-off-by: eric miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Cc: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Cc: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Cc: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Basic driver for 8-bit SPI based MCP23S08 GPIO expander, without support for
IRQs or the shared chipselect mechanism.
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Cc: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Cc: Eric Miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Cc: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Cc: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Cc: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This is a new-style I2C driver for most common 8 and 16 bit I2C based
"quasi-bidirectional" GPIO expanders: pcf8574 or pcf8575, and several
compatible models (mostly faster, supporting I2C at up to 1 MHz).
The driver exposes the GPIO signals using the platform-neutral GPIO
programming interface, so they are easily accessed by other kernel code. The
lack of such a flexible kernel API has been a big factor in the proliferation
of board-specific drivers for these chips... stuff that rarely makes it
upstream since it's so ugly. This driver will let such boards use standard
calls.
Since it's a new-style driver, these devices must be configured as part of
board-specific init. That eliminates the need for error-prone manual
configuration of module parameters, and makes compatibility with legacy
drivers (pcf8574.c, pc8575.c) for these chips easier (there's a clear
either/or disjunction).
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Cc: Eric Miao <eric.miao@marvell.com>
Cc: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Cc: Haavard Skinnemoen <hskinnemoen@atmel.com>
Cc: Philipp Zabel <philipp.zabel@gmail.com>
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This adds PCI's accessor for segment_boundary_mask in device_dma_parameters.
The default segment_boundary is set to 0xffffffff, same to the block layer's
default value (and the scsi mid layer uses the same value).
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@steeleye.com>
Cc: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Cc: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This adds new accessors for segment_boundary_mask in device_dma_parameters
structure in the same way I did for max_segment_size. So we can easily change
where to place struct device_dma_parameters in the future.
dma_get_segment boundary returns 0xffffffff if dma_parms in struct device
isn't set up properly. 0xffffffff is the default value used in the block
layer and the scsi mid layer.
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@steeleye.com>
Cc: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Cc: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This adds IOMMU helper functions for the free area management. These
functions take care of LLD's segment boundary limit for IOMMUs. They would be
useful for IOMMUs that use bitmap for the free area management.
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@steeleye.com>
Cc: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This adds struct device_dma_parameters in struct pci_dev and properly
sets up a pointer in struct device.
The default max_segment_size is set to 64K, same to the block layer's
default value.
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Mostly-acked-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@steeleye.com>
Acked-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
IOMMUs merges scatter/gather segments without considering a low level
driver's restrictions. The problem is that IOMMUs can't access to the
limitations because they are in request_queue.
This patchset introduces a new structure, device_dma_parameters,
including dma information. A pointer to device_dma_parameters is added
to struct device. The bus specific structures (like pci_dev) includes
device_dma_parameters. Low level drivers can use dma_set_max_seg_size
to tell IOMMUs about the restrictions.
We can move more dma stuff in struct device (like dma_mask) to struct
device_dma_parameters later (needs some cleanups before that).
This includes patches for all the IOMMUs that could merge sg (x86_64,
ppc, IA64, alpha, sparc64, and parisc) though only the ppc patch was
tested. The patches for other IOMMUs are only compile tested.
This patch:
Add a new structure, device_dma_parameters, including dma information. A
pointer to device_dma_parameters is added to struct device.
- there are only max_segment_size and segment_boundary_mask there but we'll
move more dma stuff in struct device (like dma_mask) to struct
device_dma_parameters later. segment_boundary_mask is not supported yet.
- new accessors for the dma parameters are added. So we can easily change
where to place struct device_dma_parameters in the future.
- dma_get_max_seg_size returns 64K if dma_parms in struct device isn't set
up properly. 64K is the default max_segment_size in the block layer.
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Cc: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@steeleye.com>
Acked-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Allow the private_data field to be specified in platform_data for the
standard 8250/16550 UART. This field is used by DW APB type UARTs and
without this patch it's only possible to set this field when registering
the port by hand. If private_data is not set then the driver will
potentially oops with a NULL pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Will Newton <will.newton@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
FATAL: drivers/bluetooth/btsdio: sizeof(struct sdio_device_id)=12 is not a modulo of the size of section __mod_sdio_device_table=30.
Fix definition of struct sdio_device_id in mod_devicetable.h
m68k has 16bit alignment for unsigned long.
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Cc: Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
CC: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This is the new timerfd API as it is implemented by the following patch:
int timerfd_create(int clockid, int flags);
int timerfd_settime(int ufd, int flags,
const struct itimerspec *utmr,
struct itimerspec *otmr);
int timerfd_gettime(int ufd, struct itimerspec *otmr);
The timerfd_create() API creates an un-programmed timerfd fd. The "clockid"
parameter can be either CLOCK_MONOTONIC or CLOCK_REALTIME.
The timerfd_settime() API give new settings by the timerfd fd, by optionally
retrieving the previous expiration time (in case the "otmr" parameter is not
NULL).
The time value specified in "utmr" is absolute, if the TFD_TIMER_ABSTIME bit
is set in the "flags" parameter. Otherwise it's a relative time.
The timerfd_gettime() API returns the next expiration time of the timer, or
{0, 0} if the timerfd has not been set yet.
Like the previous timerfd API implementation, read(2) and poll(2) are
supported (with the same interface). Here's a simple test program I used to
exercise the new timerfd APIs:
http://www.xmailserver.org/timerfd-test2.c
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style cleanups]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix ia64 build]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix m68k build]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix mips build]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix alpha, arm, blackfin, cris, m68k, s390, sparc and sparc64 builds]
[heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com: fix s390]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix powerpc build]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix sparc64 more]
Signed-off-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
I think that advancing the timer against the timer's current "now" can be a
pretty common usage, so, w/out exposing hrtimer's internals, we add a new
hrtimer_forward_now() function.
Signed-off-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Cc: Michael Kerrisk <mtk-manpages@gmx.net>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
As Roland pointed out, we have the very old problem with exec. de_thread()
sets SIGNAL_GROUP_EXIT, kills other threads, changes ->group_leader and then
clears signal->flags. All signals (even fatal ones) sent in this window
(which is not too small) will be lost.
With this patch exec doesn't abuse SIGNAL_GROUP_EXIT. signal_group_exit(),
the new helper, should be used to detect exit_group() or exec() in progress.
It can have more users, but this patch does only strictly necessary changes.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@tv-sign.ru>
Cc: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Cc: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
It was dumb to make get_task_comm() return void. Change it to return a
pointer to the resulting output for caller convenience.
Cc: Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
On Sat, 2008-01-05 at 13:35 -0800, Davide Libenzi wrote:
> I remember I talked with Arjan about this time ago. Basically, since 1)
> you can drop an epoll fd inside another epoll fd 2) callback-based wakeups
> are used, you can see a wake_up() from inside another wake_up(), but they
> will never refer to the same lock instance.
> Think about:
>
> dfd = socket(...);
> efd1 = epoll_create();
> efd2 = epoll_create();
> epoll_ctl(efd1, EPOLL_CTL_ADD, dfd, ...);
> epoll_ctl(efd2, EPOLL_CTL_ADD, efd1, ...);
>
> When a packet arrives to the device underneath "dfd", the net code will
> issue a wake_up() on its poll wake list. Epoll (efd1) has installed a
> callback wakeup entry on that queue, and the wake_up() performed by the
> "dfd" net code will end up in ep_poll_callback(). At this point epoll
> (efd1) notices that it may have some event ready, so it needs to wake up
> the waiters on its poll wait list (efd2). So it calls ep_poll_safewake()
> that ends up in another wake_up(), after having checked about the
> recursion constraints. That are, no more than EP_MAX_POLLWAKE_NESTS, to
> avoid stack blasting. Never hit the same queue, to avoid loops like:
>
> epoll_ctl(efd2, EPOLL_CTL_ADD, efd1, ...);
> epoll_ctl(efd3, EPOLL_CTL_ADD, efd2, ...);
> epoll_ctl(efd4, EPOLL_CTL_ADD, efd3, ...);
> epoll_ctl(efd1, EPOLL_CTL_ADD, efd4, ...);
>
> The code "if (tncur->wq == wq || ..." prevents re-entering the same
> queue/lock.
Since the epoll code is very careful to not nest same instance locks
allow the recursion.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Tested-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Davide Libenzi <davidel@xmailserver.org>
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
I was notified by Randy Stewart that lksctp claims to be
"the reference implementation". First of all, "the
refrence implementation" was the original implementation
of SCTP in usersapce written ty Randy and a few others.
Second, after looking at the definiton of 'reference implementation',
we don't really meet the requirements.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Provide a way to use tc filters on vlan tag even if tag is buried in
skb due to hardware acceleration.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
if_addrlabel.h is needed for iproute2 usage.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen.hemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the following no longer used functions:
- rtattr_parse()
- rtattr_strlcpy()
- __rtattr_parse_nested_compat()
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This bumps the AGP interface to 0.103.
Certain Intel chipsets contains a global write buffer, and this can require
flushing from the drm or X.org to make sure all data has hit RAM before
initiating a GPU transfer, due to a lack of coherency with the integrated
graphics device and this buffer.
This just adds generic support to the AGP interfaces, a follow-on patch
will add support to the Intel driver to use this interface.
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
* 'for-linus' of master.kernel.org:/home/rmk/linux-2.6-arm: (44 commits)
[ARM] 4822/1: RealView: Change the REALVIEW_MPCORE configuration option
[ARM] 4821/1: RealView: Remove the platform dependencies from localtimer.c
[ARM] 4820/1: RealView: Select the timer IRQ at run-time
[ARM] 4819/1: RealView: Fix entry-macro.S to work with multiple platforms
[ARM] 4818/1: RealView: Add core-tile detection
[ARM] 4817/1: RealView: Move the AMBA resource definitions to realview_eb.c
[ARM] 4816/1: RealView: Move the platform-specific definitions into board-eb.h
[ARM] 4815/1: RealView: Add clockevents suport for the local timers
[ARM] 4814/1: RealView: Add broadcasting clockevents support for ARM11MPCore
[ARM] 4813/1: Add SMP helper functions for clockevents support
[ARM] 4812/1: RealView: clockevents support for the RealView platforms
[ARM] 4811/1: RealView: clocksource support for the RealView platforms
[ARM] 4736/1: Export atags to userspace and allow kexec to use customised atags
[ARM] 4798/1: pcm027: fix missing header file
[ARM] 4803/1: pxa: fix building issue of poodle.c caused by patch 4737/1
[ARM] 4801/1: pxa: fix building issues of missing pxa2xx-regs.h
[ARM] pxa: introduce sysdev for pxa3xx static memory controller
[ARM] pxa: add preliminary suspend/resume code for pxa3xx
[ARM] pxa: introduce sysdev for GPIO register saving/restoring
[ARM] pxa: introduce sysdev for IRQ register saving/restoring
...
* 'slub-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/christoph/vm:
Explain kmem_cache_cpu fields
SLUB: Do not upset lockdep
SLUB: Fix coding style violations
Add parameter to add_partial to avoid having two functions
SLUB: rename defrag to remote_node_defrag_ratio
Move count_partial before kmem_cache_shrink
SLUB: Fix sysfs refcounting
slub: fix shadowed variable sparse warnings
Add some comments explaining the fields of the kmem_cache_cpu structure.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
The NUMA defrag works by allocating objects from partial slabs on remote
nodes. Rename it to
remote_node_defrag_ratio
to be clear about this.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux-2.6-for-linus: (25 commits)
virtio: balloon driver
virtio: Use PCI revision field to indicate virtio PCI ABI version
virtio: PCI device
virtio_blk: implement naming for vda-vdz,vdaa-vdzz,vdaaa-vdzzz
virtio_blk: Dont waste major numbers
virtio_blk: provide getgeo
virtio_net: parametrize the napi_weight for virtio receive queue.
virtio: free transmit skbs when notified, not on next xmit.
virtio: flush buffers on open
virtnet: remove double ether_setup
virtio: Allow virtio to be modular and used by modules
virtio: Use the sg_phys convenience function.
virtio: Put the virtio under the virtualization menu
virtio: handle interrupts after callbacks turned off
virtio: reset function
virtio: populate network rings in the probe routine, not open
virtio: Tweak virtio_net defines
virtio: Net header needs hdr_len
virtio: remove unused id field from struct virtio_blk_outhdr
virtio: clarify NO_NOTIFY flag usage
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sam/kbuild:
scsi: fix dependency bug in aic7 Makefile
kbuild: add svn revision information to setlocalversion
kbuild: do not warn about __*init/__*exit symbols being exported
Move Kconfig.instrumentation to arch/Kconfig and init/Kconfig
Add HAVE_KPROBES
Add HAVE_OPROFILE
Create arch/Kconfig
Fix ARM to play nicely with generic Instrumentation menu
kconfig: ignore select of unknown symbol
kconfig: mark config as changed when loading an alternate config
kbuild: Spelling/grammar fixes for config DEBUG_SECTION_MISMATCH
Remove __INIT_REFOK and __INITDATA_REFOK
kbuild: print only total number of section mismatces found
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (77 commits)
[IPV6]: Reorg struct ifmcaddr6 to save some bytes
[INET_TIMEWAIT_SOCK]: Reorganize struct inet_timewait_sock to save some bytes
[DCCP]: Reorganize struct dccp_sock to save 8 bytes
[INET6]: Reorganize struct inet6_dev to save 8 bytes
[SOCK] proto: Add hashinfo member to struct proto
EMAC driver: Fix bug: The clock divisor is set to all ones at reset.
EMAC driver: fix bug - invalidate data cache of new_skb->data range when cache is WB
EMAC driver: add power down mode
EMAC driver: ADSP-BF52x arch/mach support
EMAC driver: use simpler comment headers and strip out information that is maintained in the scm's log
EMAC driver: bf537 MAC multicast hash filtering patch
EMAC driver: define MDC_CLK=2.5MHz and caculate mdc_div according to SCLK.
EMAC driver: shorten the mdelay value to solve netperf performance issue
[netdrvr] sis190: build fix
sky2: fix Wake On Lan interaction with BIOS
sky2: restore multicast addresses after recovery
pci-skeleton: Misc fixes to build neatly
phylib: Add Realtek 821x eth PHY support
natsemi: Update locking documentation
PHYLIB: Locking fixes for PHY I/O potentially sleeping
...
Currently early kernel messages, i.e., those from uncompression, go to the
debugging UART. And if it is enabled in the platform configuration, but
not initialized by the bootloader, the machine hangs, waiting for UART
status change. Besides, having those messages on another UART - typically
the console UART - may be preferrable. This patch allows selecting the
UART in kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <lg@denx.de>
Acked-by: Andrew Victor <linux@maxim.org.za>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
After discussions with Anthony Liguori, it seems that the virtio
balloon can be made even simpler. Here's my attempt.
The device configuration tells the driver how much memory it should
take from the guest (ie. balloon size). The guest feeds the page
numbers it has taken via one virtqueue.
A second virtqueue feeds the page numbers the driver wants back: if
the device has the VIRTIO_BALLOON_F_MUST_TELL_HOST bit, then this
queue is compulsory, otherwise it's advisory (and the guest can simply
fault the pages back in).
This driver can be enhanced later to deflate the balloon via a
shrinker, oom callback or we could even go for a complete set of
in-guest regulators.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
As Avi pointed out, as we continue to massage the virtio PCI ABI, we can make
things a little more friendly to users by utilizing the PCI revision field to
indicate which version of the ABI we're using. This is a hard ABI version
and incrementing it will cause the guest driver to break.
This is the necessary changes to virtio_pci to support this.
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
This is a PCI device that implements a transport for virtio. It allows virtio
devices to be used by QEMU based VMMs like KVM or Xen.
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
A reset function solves three problems:
1) It allows us to renegotiate features, eg. if we want to upgrade a
guest driver without rebooting the guest.
2) It gives us a clean way of shutting down virtqueues: after a reset,
we know that the buffers won't be used by the host, and
3) It helps the guest recover from messed-up drivers.
So we remove the ->shutdown hook, and the only way we now remove
feature bits is via reset.
We leave it to the driver to do the reset before it deletes queues:
the balloon driver, for example, needs to chat to the host in its
remove function.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
1) Turn GSO on virtio net into an all-or-nothing (keep checksumming
separate). Having multiple bits is a pain: if you can't support something
you should handle it in software, which is still a performance win.
2) Make VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_ECN a flag in the header, so it can apply to
IPv6 or v4.
3) Rename VIRTIO_NET_F_NO_CSUM to VIRTIO_NET_F_CSUM (ie. means we do
checksumming).
4) Add csum and gso params to virtio_net to allow more testing.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
It's far easier to deal with packets if we don't have to parse the
packet to figure out the header length to know how much to pull into
the skb data. Add the field to the virtio_net_hdr struct (and fix the
spaces that somehow crept in there).
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
This field has been unused since an older version of virtio. Remove
it now before we freeze the ABI.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au.
The other side (host) can set the NO_NOTIFY flag as an optimization,
to say "no need to kick me when you add things". Make it clear that
this is advisory only; especially that we should always notify when
the ring is full.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Using unsigned int resulted in silent truncation of the upper 32-bit
on x86_64 resulting in an OOPS since the ring was being initialized
wrong.
Please reconsider my previous patch to just use PAGE_ALIGN(). Open
coding this sort of stuff, no matter how simple it seems, is just
asking for this sort of trouble.
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Various drivers want to know when their configuration information
changes: the balloon driver is the immediate user, but the network
driver may one day have a "carrier" status as well.
This introduces that callback (lguest doesn't use it yet).
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
It seems that virtio_net wants to disable callbacks (interrupts) before
calling netif_rx_schedule(), so we can't use the return value to do so.
Rename "restart" to "cb_enable" and introduce "cb_disable" hook: callback
now returns void, rather than a boolean.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Previously we used a type/len pair within the config space, but this
seems overkill. We now simply define a structure which represents the
layout in the config space: the config space can now only be extended
at the end.
The main driver-visible changes:
1) We indicate what fields are present with an explicit feature bit.
2) Virtqueues are explicitly numbered, and not in the config space.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Use it in virtio_net (replacing buggy version there), it's also going
to be used by TAP for partial csum support.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fcntl(F_GETLK,..) can return pid of process for not current pid namespace
(if process is belonged to the several namespaces). It is true also for
pids in /proc/locks. So correct behavior is saving pointer to the struct
pid of the process lock owner.
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Gusev <vgusev@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Use existing dmi_get_system_info(),
Delete duplicate dmi_get_slot()
Spotted-by: Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Function do_timer_interrupt_hook() don't take argument regs,
and structure hrtimer_sleeper don't have member cb_pending.
So delete comments refering to these symbols.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
There is an unmatched parenthesis in the locking commentary of radix_tree.h
which is trivially fixed by the patch below.
Signed-off-by: Tim Pepper <lnxninja@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Having the macro to prevent multiple inclusion of
include/linux/dma-mapping.h contain the prefix "_ASM" is just begging
for possible confusion some day.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@mindspring.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
PHY read/write functions can potentially sleep (e.g., a PHY accessed
via I2C). The following changes were made to account for this:
* Change spin locks to mutex locks
* Add a BUG_ON() to phy_read() phy_write() to warn against
calling them from an interrupt context.
* Use work queue for PHY state machine handling since
it can potentially sleep
* Change phydev lock from spinlock to mutex
Signed-off-by: Nate Case <ncase@xes-inc.com>
Acked-by: Andy Fleming <afleming@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jeff@garzik.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 312b1485fb509c9bc32eda28ad29537896658cb8 made __INIT_REFOK expand
into .section .section ".ref.text", "ax". Since the assembler doesn't
tolerate stuttering in the source that broke all MIPS builds.
Since with this change Sam downgraded __INIT_REFOK to just a backward
compat thing and there being only a single use in the MIPS arch code the
best solution is to delete both of __INIT_REFOK and __INITDATA_REFOK (which
was equally broken) being unused anyway these can be deleted.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Move the declaration of device_pm_schedule_removal() to device.h
and make it exported, as it will be used directly by some drivers
for unregistering device objects during suspend/resume cycles in a
safe way.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This reverts commit 6c723d5bd89f03fc3ef627d50f89ade054d2ee3b.
It caused build errors on non-x86 platforms, config file confusion, and
even some boot errors on some x86-64 boxes. All around, not quite ready
for prime-time :(
Cc: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
* Move check_dma_crc() to ide-dma.c and add inline version for
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA=n case.
* Rename check_dma_crc() to ide_check_dma_crc().
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* siimage.c: use hwif->sata_scr[SATA_{ERROR,STATUS}_OFFSET] instead of
SATA_{ERROR,STATUS}_REG macros.
* Remove no longer needed SATA_*_REG macros.
While at it:
* Remove needless SATA Status register read from sil_sata_reset_poll().
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* ->nice0 and ->nice2 ide_drive_t fields are always zero so remove them.
* IDE_NICE_0 and IDE_NICE_2 defines from <linux/hdreg.h> are no longer
used by any kernel code so cover them with #ifndef/#endif __KERNEL__.
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Un-static create_proc_ide_drives() and call it from ide_device_add_all().
While at it:
* Rename create_proc_ide_drives() to ide_proc_port_register_devices().
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Factor out devices setup from ide_acpi_init() to
ide_acpi_port_init_devices().
* Call ide_acpi_port_init_devices() in ide_device_add_all().
While at it:
* Remove no longer needed 'drive' field from struct ide_acpi_drive_link.
There should be no functionality changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add ->port_init_devs method to ide_hwif_t for a host specific
initialization of devices on a port. Call the new method from
ide_port_init_devices().
* Convert ht6560b, qd65xx and opti621 host drivers to use the new
->port_init_devs method.
There should be no functionality changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Use the same bit for IDE_HFLAG_CS5520 and IDE_HFLAG_VDMA host flags
(both are used only by cs5520 host driver currently).
* Add IDE_HFLAG_NO_IO32_BIT host flag and use it instead of ->no_io_32bit
ide_hwif_t field.
* Add IDE_HFLAG_NO_UNMASK_IRQS host flag, then convert dtc2278 and rz1000
host drivers to use it.
There should be no functionality changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Factor out code for finding ide_hwifs[] slot from ide_register_hw()
to ide_deprecated_find_port().
* Convert bast-ide, ide-cs and delkin_cb host drivers to use ide_device_add()
instead of ide_register_hw() (while at it drop doing "ide_unregister()" loop
which tries to unregister _all_ IDE interfaces if useable ide_hwifs[] slot
cannot be find).
This patch leaves us with only two ide_register_hw() users:
- drivers/macintosh/mediabay.c
- drivers/ide/ide.c
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add 'init_default' (flag for calling init_hwif_default()) and 'restore'
(flag for calling ide_hwif_restore()) arguments to ide_unregister().
* Update ide_unregister() users to set 'init_default' and 'restore' flags.
* No need to set 'init_default' flag in ide_register_hw() if the setup done
by init_hwif_default() is going to be overridden by ide_init_port_hw().
* No need to set 'init_default' and 'restore' flags in cleanup_module().
There should be no functionality changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Also, move xfer_func_t typedef to the ide.h since it is used by two drivers
now (more coming).
Bart:
- use __func__ while at it
Signed-off-by: Borislav Petkov <bbpetkov@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add ->cable_detect method to ide_hwif_t.
* Call the new method in ide_init_port() if:
- the host supports UDMA modes > UDMA2 ('hwif->ultra_mask & 78')
- DMA initialization was successful (if hwif->dma_base is not set
ide_init_port() sets hwif->ultra_mask to zero)
- "idex=ata66" is not used ('hwif->cbl != ATA_CBL_PATA40_SHORT')
* Convert PCI host drivers to use ->cable_detect method.
While at it:
* Factor out cable detection to separate functions (if not already done).
* hpt366.c/it8213.c/slc90e66.c:
- don't check cable type if "idex=ata66" is used
* pdc202xx_new.c:
- add __devinit tag to pdcnew_cable_detect()
* pdc202xx_old.c:
- rename pdc202xx_old_cable_detect() to pdc2026x_old_cable_detect()
- add __devinit tag to pdc2026x_old_cable_detect()
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Remove 'struct pci_dev *dev' argument from ide_hwif_setup_dma().
* Un-static ide_hwif_setup_dma() and add CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PCI=n version.
* Add 'const struct ide_port_info *d' argument to ide_device_add[_all]().
* Factor out generic ports init from ide_pci_setup_ports() to ide_init_port(),
move it to ide-probe.c and call it in in ide_device_add_all() instead of
ide_pci_setup_ports().
* Move ->mate setup to ide_device_add_all() from ide_port_init().
* Add IDE_HFLAG_NO_AUTOTUNE host flag for host drivers that don't enable
->autotune currently.
* Setup hwif->chipset in ide_init_port() but iff pi->chipset is set
(to not override setup done by ide_hwif_configure()).
* Add ETRAX host handling to ide_device_add_all().
* cmd640.c: set IDE_HFLAG_ABUSE_* also for CONFIG_BLK_DEV_CMD640_ENHANCED=n.
* pmac.c: make pmac_ide_setup_dma() return an error value and move DMA masks
setup to pmac_ide_setup_device().
* Add 'struct ide_port_info' instances to legacy host drivers, pass them to
ide_device_add() calls and then remove open-coded ports initialization.
Reviewed-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Fix an imprecision in CELSIUS_TO_KELVIN and move these
two macroes to a proper place.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Sujith <sujith.thomas@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
* git://git.infradead.org/battery-2.6:
apm_power: check I.intval for zero value, we use it as the divisor
MAINTAINERS: remove kernel-discuss@handhelds.org list
pda_power: implement polling
pda_power: various cleanups
apm_power: support using VOLTAGE_* properties for apm calculations
pda_power: add suspend/resume support
power_supply: add few more values and props
pda_power: only register available psu
power: fix incorrect unregistration in power_supply_create_attrs error path
power: remove POWER_SUPPLY_PROP_CAPACITY_LEVEL
[BATTERY] power_supply_leds: use kasprintf
[BATTERY] Every file should include the headers containing the prototypes for its global functions.
The Generic Thermal sysfs driver for thermal management.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Sujith <sujith.thomas@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (100 commits)
SUNRPC: RPC program information is stored in unsigned integers
SUNRPC: Move exported symbol definitions after function declaration part 2
NLM: tear down RPC clients in nlm_shutdown_hosts
SUNRPC: spin svc_rqst initialization to its own function
nfsd: more careful input validation in nfsctl write methods
lockd: minor log message fix
knfsd: don't bother mapping putrootfh enoent to eperm
rdma: makefile
rdma: ONCRPC RDMA protocol marshalling
rdma: SVCRDMA sendto
rdma: SVCRDMA recvfrom
rdma: SVCRDMA Core Transport Services
rdma: SVCRDMA Transport Module
rdma: SVCRMDA Header File
svc: Add svc_xprt_names service to replace svc_sock_names
knfsd: Support adding transports by writing portlist file
svc: Add svc API that queries for a transport instance
svc: Add /proc/sys/sunrpc/transport files
svc: Add transport hdr size for defer/revisit
svc: Move the xprt independent code to the svc_xprt.c file
...
* 'suspend' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lenb/linux-acpi-2.6: (38 commits)
suspend: cleanup reference to swsusp_pg_dir[]
PM: Remove obsolete /sys/devices/.../power/state docs
Hibernation: Invoke suspend notifications after console switch
Suspend: Invoke suspend notifications after console switch
Suspend: Clean up suspend_64.c
Suspend: Add config option to disable the freezer if architecture wants that
ACPI: Print message before calling _PTS
ACPI hibernation: Call _PTS before suspending devices
Hibernation: Introduce begin() and end() callbacks
ACPI suspend: Call _PTS before suspending devices
ACPI: Separate disabling of GPEs from _PTS
ACPI: Separate invocations of _GTS and _BFS from _PTS and _WAK
Suspend: Introduce begin() and end() callbacks
suspend: fix ia64 allmodconfig build
ACPI: clear GPE earily in resume to avoid warning
Suspend: Clean up Kconfig (V2)
Hibernation: Clean up Kconfig (V2)
Hibernation: Update messages
Suspend: Use common prefix in messages
Hibernation: Remove unnecessary variable declaration
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/pci-2.6: (64 commits)
PCI: make pci_bus a struct device
PCI: fix codingstyle issues in include/linux/pci.h
PCI: fix codingstyle issues in drivers/pci/pci.h
PCI: PCIE ASPM support
PCI: Fix fakephp deadlock
PCI: modify SB700 SATA MSI quirk
PCI: Run ACPI _OSC method on root bridges only
PCI ACPI: AER driver should only register PCIe devices with _OSC
PCI ACPI: Added a function to register _OSC with only PCIe devices.
PCI: constify function pointer tables
PCI: Convert drivers/pci/proc.c to use unlocked_ioctl
pciehp: block new requests from the device before power off
pciehp: workaround against Bad DLLP during power off
pciehp: wait for 1000ms before LED operation after power off
PCI: Remove pci_enable_device_bars() from documentation
PCI: Remove pci_enable_device_bars()
PCI: Remove users of pci_enable_device_bars()
PCI: Add pci_enable_device_{io,mem} intefaces
PCI: avoid save the same type of cap multiple times
PCI: correctly initialize a structure for pcie_save_pcix_state()
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/usb-2.6: (128 commits)
USB: fix codingstyle issues in drivers/usb/core/*.c
USB: fix codingstyle issues in drivers/usb/core/message.c
USB: fix codingstyle issues in drivers/usb/core/hcd-pci.c
USB: fix codingstyle issues in drivers/usb/core/devio.c
USB: fix codingstyle issues in drivers/usb/core/devices.c
USB: fix codingstyle issues in drivers/usb/core/*.h
USB: fix codingstyle issues in include/linux/usb/
USB: fix codingstyle issues in include/linux/usb.h
USB: mark USB drivers as being GPL only
USB: use a real vendor and product id for root hubs
USB: mount options: fix usbfs
USB: Fix usb_serial_driver structure for Kobil cardreader driver.
usb: ehci should use u16 for isochronous intervals
usb: ehci, remove false clear-reset path
USB: Use menuconfig objects
usb: ohci-sm501 driver
usb: dma bounce buffer support
USB: last abuses of intfdata in close for usb-serial drivers
USB: kl5kusb105 don't flush to logically disconnected devices
USB: oti6858: cleanup
...
Add LiMn (one of the most common for small non-rechargable batteries)
battery technology and voltage_min/_max properties support.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Baryshkov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <cbou@mail.ru>
The CAPACITY_LEVEL stuff defines various levels of charge; however, what
is the difference between them? What differentiates between HIGH and NORMAL,
LOW and CRITICAL, etc?
As it appears that these are fairly arbitrary, we end up making such policy
decisions in the kernel (or in hardware). This is the sort of decision that
should be made in userspace, not in the kernel.
If the hardware does not support _CAPACITY and it cannot be easily calculated,
then perhaps the driver should register a custom CAPACITY_LEVEL attribute;
however, userspace should not become accustomed to looking for such a thing,
and we should certainly not encourage drivers to provide CAPACITY_LEVEL
stubs.
The following removes support for POWER_SUPPLY_PROP_CAPACITY_LEVEL. The
OLPC battery driver is the only driver making use of this, so it's
removed from there as well.
Signed-off-by: Andres Salomon <dilinger@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Introduce global hibernation callback .end() and rename global
hibernation callback .start() to .begin(), in analogy with the
recent modifications of the global suspend callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
On ACPI systems the target state set by acpi_pm_set_target() is
reset by acpi_pm_finish(), but that need not be called if the
suspend fails. All platforms that use the .set_target() global
suspend callback are affected by analogous issues.
For this reason, we need an additional global suspend callback that
will reset the target state regardless of whether or not the suspend
is successful. Also, it is reasonable to rename the .set_target()
callback, since it will be used for a different purpose on ACPI
systems (due to ACPI 1.0x code ordering requirements).
Introduce the global suspend callback .end() to be executed at the
end of the suspend sequence and rename the .set_target() global
suspend callback to .begin().
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
This patch (as1008b) converts the PM notifier routines from inline
calls to out-of-line code. It also prevents pm_chain_head from
being created when CONFIG_PM_SLEEP isn't enabled, and EXPORTs the
notifier registration and unregistration routines.
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Add PM_RESTORE_PREPARE and PM_POST_RESTORE notifiers to the PM core, to be used
in analogy with the existing PM_HIBERNATION_PREPARE and PM_POST_HIBERNATION
notifiers.
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Acked-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Move the definitions of hibernation ioctls to a separate header file in
include/linux, which can be exported to the user space.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
This moves the pci_bus class device to be a real struct device and at
the same time, place it in the device tree in the correct location.
Note, the old "bridge" symlink is now gone, but this was a non-standard
link and no userspace program used it. If you need to determine the
device that the bus is on, follow the standard device symlink, or walk
up the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
PCI Express ASPM defines a protocol for PCI Express components in the D0
state to reduce Link power by placing their Links into a low power state
and instructing the other end of the Link to do likewise. This
capability allows hardware-autonomous, dynamic Link power reduction
beyond what is achievable by software-only controlled power management.
However, The device should be configured by software appropriately.
Enabling ASPM will save power, but will introduce device latency.
This patch adds ASPM support in Linux. It introduces a global policy for
ASPM, a sysfs file /sys/module/pcie_aspm/parameters/policy can control
it. The interface can be used as a boot option too. Currently we have
below setting:
-default, BIOS default setting
-powersave, highest power saving mode, enable all available ASPM
state
and clock power management
-performance, highest performance, disable ASPM and clock power
management
By default, the 'default' policy is used currently.
In my test, power difference between powersave mode and performance mode
is about 1.3w in a system with 3 PCIE links.
Signed-off-by: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The function pci_osc_support_set() traverses every root bridge when
checking for _OSC support for a capability. It quits as soon as it finds a
device/bridge that doesn't support the requested capability. This won't
work for systems that have mixed PCI and PCIe bridges when checking for
PCIe features. I split this function into two -- pci_osc_support_set() and
pcie_osc_support_set(). The latter is used when only PCIe devices should be
traversed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Patterson <andrew.patterson@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Now that all in-tree users are gone, this removes pci_enable_device_bars()
completely.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The pci_enable_device_bars() interface isn't well suited to PCI
because you can't actually enable/disable BARs individually on
a device. So for example, if a device has 2 memory BARs 0 and 1,
and one of them (let's say 1) has not been successfully allocated
by the firmware or the kernel, then enabling memory decoding
shouldn't be permitted for the entire device since it will decode
whatever random address is still in that BAR 1.
So a device must be either fully enabled for IO, for Memory, or
for both. Not on a per-BAR basis.
This provides two new functions, pci_enable_device_io() and
pci_enable_device_mem() to replace pci_enable_device_bars(). The
implementation internally builds a BAR mask in order to be able
to use existing arch infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The current pci_assign_unassigned_resources() code doesn't work properly
on 32 bits platforms with 64 bits resources. The main reason is the use
of unsigned long in various places instead of resource_size_t.
This is a pre-requisite for making powerpc use the generic code instead of
its own half-useful implementation.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
PCI error recovery usually involves the PCI adapter being reset.
If the device is using MSI, the reset will cause the MSI state
to be lost; the device driver needs to restore the MSI state.
The pci_restore_msi_state() routine is currently protected
by CONFIG_PM; remove this, and also export the symbol, so
that it can be used in a modle.
Signed-off-by: Linas Vepstas <linas@austin.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The vendor_compatible and device_compatible fields in struct pci_dev aren't
used anywhere, and are somewhat pointless. Assuming that these are
historical artifacts, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
PCIE has a mechanism to wait for Non-Posted request to complete. I think
pci_disable_device is a good place to do this.
Signed-off-by: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch #if 0's the following unused global functions:
- rom.c: pci_map_rom_copy()
- rom.c: pci_remove_rom()
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch makes the needlessly global pci_restore_bars() static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bart/ide-2.6: (100 commits)
ide: move hwif_register() call out of ide_probe_port()
ide: factor out code for tuning devices from ide_probe_port()
ide: move handling of I/O resources out of ide_probe_port()
ide: make probe_hwif() return an error value
ide: use ide_remove_port_from_hwgroup in init_irq()
ide: prepare init_irq() for using ide_remove_port_from_hwgroup()
ide: factor out code removing port from hwgroup from ide_unregister()
ide: I/O resources are released too early in ide_unregister()
ide: cleanup ide_system_bus_speed()
ide: remove needless zeroing of hwgroup fields from init_irq()
ide: remove unused ide_hwgroup_t fields
ide_platform: remove struct hwif_prop
ide: remove hwif->present manipulations from hwif_init()
ide: move wait_hwif_ready() documentation in the right place
ide: fix handling of busy I/O resources in probe_hwif()
<linux/hdsmart.h> is not used by kernel code
ide: don't include <linux/hdsmart.h>
ide-floppy: cleanup header
ide: update/add my Copyrights
ide: delete filenames/versions from comments
...
This fixes a problem where the mos7720 driver will make io to a device from
which it has been logically disconnected. It does so by introducing a flag by
which the generic usb serial code can signal the subdrivers their
disconnection and appropriate locking.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch exports two statistics to userspace:
/sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/connected_duration
/sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/active_duration
connected_duration is the total time (in msec) that the device has
been connected. active_duration is the total time the device has not
been suspended. With these two statistics, tools like PowerTOP can
calculate the percentage time that a device is active, i.e. not
suspended or auto-suspended.
Users can also use the active_duration to check if a device is actually
autosuspended. Currently, they can set power/level to auto and
power/autosuspend to a positive timeout, but there's no way to know from
userspace if a device was actually autosuspended without looking at the
dmesg output. These statistics will be useful in creating an automated
userspace script to test autosuspend for USB devices.
Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Given that none of the referenced header files test the proprocessor
conditional __KERNEL__, there's no point "unifdef"fing them.
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
When a usb serial adapter is used as console, the usb serial console
driver bumps the open_count on the port struct used but doesn't attach
a real tty to it (only a fake one temporaly). If this port is opened later
using the regular character device interface, the open method won't
initialize the port, which is the expected, and will receive a brand new
tty struct created by tty layer, which will be stored in port->tty.
When the last close is issued, open_count won't be 0 because of the
console usage and the port->tty will still contain the old tty value. This
is the last ttyUSB<n> close so the allocated tty will be freed by the
tty layer. The usb_serial and usb_serial_port are still in use by the
console, so port_free() won't be called (serial_close() ->
usb_serial_put() -> destroy_serial() -> port_free()), so the scheduled
work (port->work, usb_serial_port_work()) will still run. And
usb_serial_port_work() does:
(...)
tty = port->tty;
if (!tty)
return;
tty_wakeup(tty);
which causes (manually copied):
Faulting instruction address: 0x6b6b6b68
Oops: Kernel access of bad area, sig: 11 [#1]
PREEMPT PowerMac
Modules linked in: binfmt_misc ipv6 nfs lockd nfs_acl sunrpc dm_snapshot dm_mirror dm_mod hfsplus uinput ams input_polldev genrtc cpufreq_powersave i2c_powermac therm_adt746x snd_aoa_codec_tas snd_aoa_fabric_layout snd_aoa joydev snd_aoa_i2sbus snd_pcm_oss snd_mixer_oss snd_pcm snd_timer snd_page_alloc pmac_zilog serial_core evdev ide_cd cdrom snd appletouch soundcore snd_aoa_soundbus bcm43xx firmware_class usbhid ieee80211softmac ff_memless firewire_ohci firewire_core ieee80211 ieee80211_crypt crc_itu_t sungem sungem_phy uninorth_agp agpart ssb
NIP: 6b6b6b68 LR: c01b2108 CTR: 6b6b6b6b
REGS: c106de80 TRAP: 0400 Not tainted (2.6.24-rc2)
MSR: 40009032 <EE,ME,IR,DR> CR: 82004024 XER: 00000000
TASK = c106b4c0[5] 'events/0' THREAD: c106c000
GPR00: 6b6b6b6b c106df30 c106b4c0 c2d613a0 00009032 00000001 00001a00 00000001
GPR08: 00000008 00000000 00000000 c106c000 42004028 00000000 016ffbe0 0171a724
GPR16: 016ffcf4 00240e24 00240e70 016fee68 016ff9a4 c03046c4 c0327f50 c03046fc
GPR24: c106b6b9 c106b4c0 c101d610 c106c000 c02160fc c1eac1dc c2d613ac c2d613a0
NIP [6b6b6b68] 0x6b6b6b68
LR [c01b2108] tty_wakeup+0x6c/0x9c
Call Trace:
[c106df30] [c01b20e8] tty_wakeup+0x4c/0x9c (unreliable)
[c106df40] [c0216138] usb_serial_port_work+0x3c/0x78
[c106df50] [c00432e8] run_workqueue+0xc4/0x15c
[c106df90] [c0043798] worker_thread+0xa0/0x124
[c106dfd0] [c0048224] kthread+0x48/0x84
[c106dff0] [c00129bc] kernel_thread+0x44/0x60
Instruction dump:
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
Slab corruption: size-2048 start=c2d613a0, len=2048
Redzone: 0x9f911029d74e35b/0x9f911029d74e35b.
Last user: [<c01b16d8>](release_one_tty+0xbc/0xf4)
050: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b
Prev obj: start=c2d60b88, len=2048
Redzone: 0x9f911029d74e35b/0x9f911029d74e35b.
Last user: [<c00f30ec>](show_stat+0x410/0x428)
000: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b
010: 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b 6b
This patch avoids this, clearing port->tty considering if the port is
used as serial console or not
Signed-off-by: Aristeu Rozanski <arozansk@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
G_PRINTER: Adds a USB printer gadget driver for use in printer firmware.
This adds a USB printer gadget driver for use in printer firmware.
The printer gadget channels data between the USB host and a userspace
program driving the print engine. The user space program reads and
writes the device file /dev/g_printer to receive or send printer data.
It can use ioctl calls to the device file to get or set printer status.
Signed-off-by: Craig W. Nadler <craig@nadler.us>
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch (as1011) adds a #define for the newly-created Lockable
(i.e., password-protected) subclass 0x07 for USB mass-storage devices.
The private ISD200 entry (which had been mapped to subclass 0x07) is
moved to 0xf0, which is unlikely to conflict with any official
subclass designation.
The US_SC_MIN and US_SC_MAX constants aren't used anywhere, so the
patch removes them.
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Cc: Matthew Dharm <mdharm-usb@one-eyed-alien.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Convert from class_device to device for drivers/usb/core.
Signed-off-by: Tony Jones <tonyj@suse.de>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
* Make ide_build_sglist() and ide_destroy_dmatable() available also when
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IDEDMA_PCI=n.
* Use ide_build_sglist() and ide_destroy_dmatable() in {ics,au1xxx-}ide.c
and remove no longer needed {ics,au}ide_build_sglist().
There should be no functionality changes caused by this patch.
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Keep pointer to struct device instead of struct pci_dev in ide_hwif_t.
While on it:
* Use *dev->dma_mask instead of pci_dev->dma_mask in ide_toggle_bounce().
There should be no functionality changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add IDE_HFLAG_NO_DSC host flag for hosts that doesn't support DSC overlap.
* Set it in aec62xx (for ATP850UF only) and hpt34x host drivers.
* Convert ide-tape device driver to check for IDE_HFLAG_NO_DSC flag.
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Rename 'simplex_stat' variable to 'dma_stat' in ide_get_or_set_dma_base().
* Factor out code for forcing host out of "simplex" mode from
ide_get_or_set_dma_base() to ide_pci_clear_simplex() helper.
* Add IDE_HFLAG_CLEAR_SIMPLEX host flag and set it in alim15x3 (for M5229),
amd74xx (for AMD 7409), cmd64x (for CMD643), generic (for Netcell) and
serverworks (for CSB5) host drivers.
* Make ide_get_or_set_dma_base() test for IDE_HFLAG_CLEAR_SIMPLEX host flag
instead of checking dev->device (BTW the code was buggy because it didn't
check for dev->vendor, luckily none of these PCI Device IDs was used by
some other vendor for PCI IDE controller).
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
According to http://marc.info/?l=linux-ide&m=114346138611631, the drivers must
always register 8 DMA ports with ide_setup_dma(), so its last argument is not
needed. While at it, kill some useless parens in that function...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add ide_dump_identify() debug helper for dumping raw identify data in
the hdparm friendly format (== the identify data can be extracted from
dmesg output and passed to hdparm --Istdin).
* Dump identify data in ide-probe.c::do_identify() if DEBUG is enabled.
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Move lba_to_msf() and msf_to_lba() to <linux/cdrom.h>
(use 'u8' type instead of 'byte' while at it).
* Remove msf_to_lba() copy from drivers/cdrom/cdrom.c.
Acked-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
After commit 7267c3377443322588cddaf457cf106839a60463
wait_drive_not_busy() can become static again.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
- ide_scan_pcibus() can become static
- instead of ide_scan_pci() we can use ide_scan_pcibus() directly
in module_init()
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Move the initialzation in __svc_create_thread that happens prior to
thread creation to a new function. Export the function to allow
services to have better control over the svc_rqst structs.
Also rearrange the rqstp initialization to prevent NULL pointer
dereferences in svc_exit_thread in case allocations fail.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This file defines the data types used by the SVCRDMA transport module.
The principle data structure is the transport specific extension to
the svcxprt structure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Create a transport independent version of the svc_sock_names function.
The toclose capability of the svc_sock_names service can be implemented
using the svc_xprt_find and svc_xprt_close services.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Add a new svc function that allows a service to query whether a
transport instance has already been created. This is used in lockd
to determine whether or not a transport needs to be created when
a lockd instance is brought up.
Specifying 0 for the address family or port is effectively a wild-card,
and will result in matching the first transport in the service's list
that has a matching class name.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Add a file that when read lists the set of registered svc
transports.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Some transports have a header in front of the RPC header. The current
defer/revisit processing considers only the iov_len and arg_len to
determine how much to back up when saving the original request
to revisit. Add a field to the rqstp structure to save the size
of the transport header so svc_defer can correctly compute
the start of a request.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This functionally trivial patch moves all of the transport independent
functions from the svcsock.c file to the transport independent svc_xprt.c
file.
In addition the following formatting changes were made:
- White space cleanup
- Function signatures on single line
- The inline directive was removed
- Lines over 80 columns were reformatted
- The term 'socket' was changed to 'transport' in comments
- The SMP comment was moved and updated.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This functionally empty patch removes rq_sock and unamed union
from rqstp structure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This patch moves the transport sockaddr to the svc_xprt
structure. Convenience functions are added to set and
get the local and remote addresses of a transport from
the transport provider as well as determine the length
of a sockaddr.
A transport is responsible for setting the xpt_local
and xpt_remote addresses in the svc_xprt structure as
part of transport creation and xpo_accept processing. This
cannot be done in a generic way and in fact varies
between TCP, UDP and RDMA. A set of xpo_ functions
(e.g. getlocalname, getremotename) could have been
added but this would have resulted in additional
caching and copying of the addresses around. Note that
the xpt_local address should also be set on listening
endpoints; for TCP/RDMA this is done as part of
endpoint creation.
For connected transports like TCP and RDMA, the addresses
never change and can be set once and copied into the
rqstp structure for each request. For UDP, however, the
local and remote addresses may change for each request. In
this case, the address information is obtained from the
UDP recvmsg info and copied into the rqstp structure from
there.
A svc_xprt_local_port function was also added that returns
the local port given a transport. This is used by
svc_create_xprt when returning the port associated with
a newly created transport, and later when creating a
generic find transport service to check if a service is
already listening on a given port.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This patch moves the transport independent sk_deferred list to the svc_xprt
structure and updates the svc_deferred_req structure to keep pointers to
svc_xprt's directly. The deferral processing code is also moved out of the
transport dependent recvfrom functions and into the generic svc_recv path.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Move the authinfo cache to svc_xprt. This allows both the TCP and RDMA
transports to share this logic. A flag bit is used to determine if
auth information is to be cached or not. Previously, this code looked
at the transport protocol.
I've also changed the spin_lock/unlock logic so that a lock is not taken for
transports that are not caching auth info.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
With the implementation of the new mark and sweep algorithm for shutting
down old connections, the sk_lastrecv field is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
All fields touched by svc_sock_received are now transport independent.
Change it to use svc_xprt directly. This function is called from
transport dependent code, so export it.
Update the comment to clearly state the rules for calling this function.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Move the sk_mutex field to the transport independent svc_xprt structure.
Now all the fields that svc_send touches are transport neutral. Change the
svc_send function to use the transport independent svc_xprt directly instead
of the transport dependent svc_sock structure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This functionally trivial patch moves the sk_reserved field to the
transport independent svc_xprt structure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Move sk_list and sk_ready to svc_xprt. This involves close because these
lists are walked by svcs when closing all their transports. So I combined
the moving of these lists to svc_xprt with making close transport independent.
The svc_force_sock_close has been changed to svc_close_all and takes a list
as an argument. This removes some svc internals knowledge from the svcs.
This code races with module removal and transport addition.
Thanks to Simon Holm Thøgersen for a compile fix.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Cc: Simon Holm Thøgersen <odie@cs.aau.dk>
This is another incremental change that moves transport independent
fields from svc_sock to the svc_xprt structure. The changes
should be functionally null.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This functionally trivial change moves the transport independent sk_flags
field to the transport independent svc_xprt structure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Change the atomic_t reference count to a kref and move it to the
transport indepenent svc_xprt structure. Change the reference count
wrapper names to be generic.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Modify the various kernel RPC svcs to use the svc_create_xprt service.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The svc_create_xprt function is a transport independent version
of the svc_makesock function.
Since transport instance creation contains transport dependent and
independent components, add an xpo_create transport function. The
transport implementation of this function allocates the memory for the
endpoint, implements the transport dependent initialization logic, and
calls svc_xprt_init to initialize the transport independent field (svc_xprt)
in it's data structure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Previously, the accept logic looked into the socket state to determine
whether to call accept or recv when data-ready was indicated on an endpoint.
Since some transports don't use sockets, this logic now uses a flag
bit (SK_LISTENER) to identify listening endpoints. A transport function
(xpo_accept) allows each transport to define its own accept processing.
A transport's initialization logic is reponsible for setting the
SK_LISTENER bit. I didn't see any way to do this in transport independent
logic since the passive side of a UDP connection doesn't listen and
always recv's.
In the svc_recv function, if the SK_LISTENER bit is set, the transport
xpo_accept function is called to handle accept processing.
Note that all functions are defined even if they don't make sense
for a given transport. For example, accept doesn't mean anything for
UDP. The function is defined anyway and bug checks if called. The
UDP transport should never set the SK_LISTENER bit.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
In order to avoid blocking a service thread, the receive side checks
to see if there is sufficient write space to reply to the request.
Each transport has a different mechanism for determining if there is
enough write space to reply.
The code that checked for write space was coupled with code that
checked for CLOSE and CONN. These checks have been broken out into
separate statements to make the code easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Some transports add fields to the RPC header for replies, e.g. the TCP
record length. This function is called when preparing the reply header
to allow each transport to add whatever fields it requires.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Add transport specific xpo_detach and xpo_free functions. The xpo_detach
function causes the transport to stop delivering data-ready events
and enqueing the transport for I/O.
The xpo_free function frees all resources associated with the particular
transport instance.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The svc_sock_release function releases pages allocated to a thread. For
UDP this frees the receive skb. For RDMA it will post a receive WR
and bump the client credit count.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The sk_sendto and sk_recvfrom are function pointers that allow svc_sock
to be used for both UDP and TCP. Move these function pointers to the
svc_xprt_ops structure.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The svc_max_payload function currently looks at the socket type
to determine the max payload. Add a max payload value to svc_xprt_class
so it can be returned directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The rqstp structure contains a pointer to the transport for the
RPC request. This functionaly trivial patch adds an unamed union
with pointers to both svc_sock and svc_xprt. Ultimately the
union will be removed and only the rq_xprt field will remain. This
allows incrementally extracting transport independent interfaces without
one gigundo patch.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Make TCP and UDP svc_sock transports, and register them
with the svc transport core.
A transport type (svc_sock) has an svc_xprt as its first member,
and calls svc_xprt_init to initialize this field.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The transport class (svc_xprt_class) represents a type of transport, e.g.
udp, tcp, rdma. A transport class has a unique name and a set of transport
operations kept in the svc_xprt_ops structure.
A transport class can be dynamically registered and unregisterd. The
svc_xprt_class represents the module that implements the transport
type and keeps reference counts on the module to avoid unloading while
there are active users.
The endpoint (svc_xprt) is a generic, transport independent endpoint that can
be used to send and receive data for an RPC service. It inherits it's
operations from the transport class.
A transport driver module registers and unregisters itself with svc sunrpc
by calling svc_reg_xprt_class, and svc_unreg_xprt_class respectively.
Signed-off-by: Tom Tucker <tom@opengridcomputing.com>
Acked-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This patch addresses a compatibility issue with a Linux NFS server and
AIX NFS client.
I have exported /export as fsid=0 with sec=krb5:krb5i
I have mount --bind /home onto /export/home
I have exported /export/home with sec=krb5i
The AIX client mounts / -o sec=krb5:krb5i onto /mnt
If I do an ls /mnt, the AIX client gets a permission error. Looking at
the network traceIwe see a READDIR looking for attributes
FATTR4_RDATTR_ERROR and FATTR4_MOUNTED_ON_FILEID. The response gives a
NFS4ERR_WRONGSEC which the AIX client is not expecting.
Since the AIX client is only asking for an attribute that is an
attribute of the parent file system (pseudo root in my example), it
seems reasonable that there should not be an error.
In discussing this issue with Bruce Fields, I initially proposed
ignoring the error in nfsd4_encode_dirent_fattr() if all that was being
asked for was FATTR4_RDATTR_ERROR and FATTR4_MOUNTED_ON_FILEID, however,
Bruce suggested that we avoid calling cross_mnt() if only these
attributes are requested.
The following patch implements bypassing cross_mnt() if only
FATTR4_RDATTR_ERROR and FATTR4_MOUNTED_ON_FILEID are called. Since there
is some complexity in the code in nfsd4_encode_fattr(), I didn't want to
duplicate code (and introduce a maintenance nightmare), so I added a
parameter to nfsd4_encode_fattr() that indicates whether it should
ignore cross mounts and simply fill in the attribute using the passed in
dentry as opposed to it's parent.
Signed-off-by: Frank Filz <ffilzlnx@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This header is used only in a few places in fs/nfsd, so there seems to
be little point to having it in include/. (Thanks to Robert Day for
pointing this out.)
Cc: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Acked-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Newer server features such as nfsv4 and gss depend on proc to work, so a
failure to initialize the proc files they need should be treated as
fatal.
Thanks to Andrew Morton for style fix and compile fix in case where
CONFIG_NFSD_V4 is undefined.
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
There's really nothing much the caller can do if cache unregistration
fails. And indeed, all any caller does in this case is print an error
and continue. So just return void and move the printk's inside
cache_unregister.
Acked-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
If the reply cache initialization fails due to a kmalloc failure,
currently we try to soldier on with a reduced (or nonexistant) reply
cache.
Better to just fail immediately: the failure is then much easier to
understand and debug, and it could save us complexity in some later
code. (But actually, it doesn't help currently because the cache is
also turned off in some odd failure cases; we should probably find a
better way to handle those failure cases some day.)
Fix some minor style problems while we're at it, and rename
nfsd_cache_init() to remove the need for a comment describing it.
Acked-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Clean up: For consistency, store the length of path name strings in nfsd
argument structures as unsigned integers.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Acked-By: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Clean up: adjust the sign of the length argument of nfsd_lookup and
nfsd_lookup_dentry, for consistency with recent changes. NFSD version
4 callers already pass an unsigned file name length.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Acked-By: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Clean up: For consistency, store the length of file name strings in nfsd
argument structures as unsigned integers. This matches the XDR routines
and client argument structures for the same operation types.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Acked-By: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
According to The Open Group's NLM specification, NLM callers are variable
length strings. XDR variable length strings use an unsigned 32 bit length.
And internally, negative string lengths are not meaningful for the Linux
NLM implementation.
Clean up: Make nlm_lock.len and nlm_reboot.len unsigned integers. This
makes the sign of NLM string lengths consistent with the sign of xdr_netobj
lengths.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Acked-By: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
XDR strings, opaques, and net objects should all use unsigned lengths.
To wit, RFC 4506 says:
4.2. Unsigned Integer
An XDR unsigned integer is a 32-bit datum that encodes a non-negative
integer in the range [0,4294967295].
...
4.11. String
The standard defines a string of n (numbered 0 through n-1) ASCII
bytes to be the number n encoded as an unsigned integer (as described
above), and followed by the n bytes of the string.
After this patch, xdr_decode_string_inplace now matches the other XDR
string and array helpers that take a string length argument. See:
xdr_encode_opaque_fixed, xdr_encode_opaque, xdr_encode_array
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Acked-By: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
* 'audit.b46' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/audit-current:
[AUDIT] Add uid, gid fields to ANOM_PROMISCUOUS message
[AUDIT] ratelimit printk messages audit
[patch 2/2] audit: complement va_copy with va_end()
[patch 1/2] kernel/audit.c: warning fix
[AUDIT] create context if auditing was ever enabled
[AUDIT] clean up audit_receive_msg()
[AUDIT] make audit=0 really stop audit messages
[AUDIT] break large execve argument logging into smaller messages
[AUDIT] include audit type in audit message when using printk
[AUDIT] do not panic on exclude messages in audit_log_pid_context()
[AUDIT] Add End of Event record
[AUDIT] add session id to audit messages
[AUDIT] collect uid, loginuid, and comm in OBJ_PID records
[AUDIT] return EINTR not ERESTART*
[PATCH] get rid of loginuid races
[PATCH] switch audit_get_loginuid() to task_struct *
This patch setups correctly MIMO PS mode flags
Signed-off-by: Guy Cohen <guy.cohen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
execve arguments can be quite large. There is no limit on the number of
arguments and a 4G limit on the size of an argument.
this patch prints those aruguments in bite sized pieces. a userspace size
limitation of 8k was discovered so this keeps messages around 7.5k
single arguments larger than 7.5k in length are split into multiple records
and can be identified as aX[Y]=
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
This patch adds an end of event record type. It will be sent by the kernel as
the last record when a multi-record event is triggered. This will aid realtime
analysis programs since they will now reliably know they have the last record
to complete an event. The audit daemon filters this and will not write it to
disk.
Signed-off-by: Steve Grubb <sgrubb redhat com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
In order to correlate audit records to an individual login add a session
id. This is incremented every time a user logs in and is included in
almost all messages which currently output the auid. The field is
labeled ses= or oses=
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Keeping loginuid in audit_context is racy and results in messier
code. Taken to task_struct, out of the way of ->audit_context
changes.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
To allow the implementation of optimized rw-locks in user space, glibc
needs a possibility to select waiters for wakeup depending on a bitset
mask.
This requires two new futex OPs: FUTEX_WAIT_BITS and FUTEX_WAKE_BITS
These OPs are basically the same as FUTEX_WAIT and FUTEX_WAKE plus an
additional argument - a bitset. Further the FUTEX_WAIT_BITS OP is
expecting an absolute timeout value instead of the relative one, which
is used for the FUTEX_WAIT OP.
FUTEX_WAIT_BITS calls into the kernel with a bitset. The bitset is
stored in the futex_q structure, which is used to enqueue the waiter
into the hashed futex waitqueue.
FUTEX_WAKE_BITS also calls into the kernel with a bitset. The wakeup
function logically ANDs the bitset with the bitset stored in each
waiters futex_q structure. If the result is zero (i.e. none of the set
bits in the bitsets is matching), then the waiter is not woken up. If
the result is not zero (i.e. one of the set bits in the bitsets is
matching), then the waiter is woken.
The bitset provided by the caller must be non zero. In case the
provided bitset is zero the kernel returns EINVAL.
Internaly the new OPs are only extensions to the existing FUTEX_WAIT
and FUTEX_WAKE functions. The existing OPs hand a bitset with all bits
set into the futex_wait() and futex_wake() functions.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tgxl@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
To allow better diagnosis of tick-sched related, especially NOHZ
related problems, we need to know when the last wakeup via an irq
happened and when the CPU left the idle state.
Add two fields (idle_waketime, idle_exittime) to the tick_sched
structure and add them to the timer_list output.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
xtime_cache needs to be updated whenever xtime and or wall_to_monotic
are changed. Otherwise users of xtime_cache might see a stale (and in
the case of timezone changes utterly wrong) value until the next
update happens.
Fixup the obvious places, which miss this update.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Dhaval Giani <dhaval@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-2.6-block:
block: kill swap_io_context()
as-iosched: fix inconsistent ioc->lock context
ide-cd: fix leftover data BUG
block: make elevator lib checkpatch compliant
cfq-iosched: make checkpatch compliant
block: make core bits checkpatch compliant
block: new end request handling interface should take unsigned byte counts
unexport add_disk_randomness
block/sunvdc.c:print_version() must be __devinit
splice: always updated atime in direct splice
It blindly copies everything in the io_context, including the lock.
That doesn't work so well for either lock ordering or lockdep.
There seems zero point in swapping io contexts on a request to request
merge, so the best point of action is to just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Convert cpu_idle_wait() to cpuidle_kick_cpus() macro which is
SMP-only, and gives error on non supported CPU.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@mvista.com>
Acked-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Acked-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Add new "flow" classifier, which is meant to extend the SFQ hashing
capabilities without hard-coding new hash functions and also allows
deterministic mappings of keys to classes, replacing some out of tree
iptables patches like IPCLASSIFY (maps IPs to classes), IPMARK (maps
IPs to marks, with fw filters to classes), ...
Some examples:
- Classic SFQ hash:
tc filter add ... flow hash \
keys src,dst,proto,proto-src,proto-dst divisor 1024
- Classic SFQ hash, but using information from conntrack to work properly in
combination with NAT:
tc filter add ... flow hash \
keys nfct-src,nfct-dst,proto,nfct-proto-src,nfct-proto-dst divisor 1024
- Map destination IPs of 192.168.0.0/24 to classids 1-257:
tc filter add ... flow map \
key dst addend -192.168.0.0 divisor 256
- alternatively:
tc filter add ... flow map \
key dst and 0xff
- similar, but reverse ordered:
tc filter add ... flow map \
key dst and 0xff xor 0xff
Perturbation is currently not supported because we can't reliable kill the
timer on destruction.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for dumping statistics and make internal queues visible as
classes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct ipv4_devconf can now become static.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
o Outbound sequence number overflow error status
is counted as XfrmOutStateSeqError.
o Additionaly, it changes inbound sequence number replay
error name from XfrmInSeqOutOfWindow to XfrmInStateSeqError
to apply name scheme above.
o Inbound IPv4 UDP encapsuling type mismatch error is wrongly
mapped to XfrmInStateInvalid then this patch fiex the error
to XfrmInStateMismatch.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current ip route cache implementation is not suited to large caches.
We can consume a lot of CPU when cache must be invalidated, since we
currently need to evict all cache entries, and this eviction is
sometimes asynchronous. min_delay & max_delay can somewhat control this
asynchronism behavior, but whole thing is a kludge, regularly triggering
infamous soft lockup messages. When entries are still in use, this also
consumes a lot of ram, filling dst_garbage.list.
A better scheme is to use a generation identifier on each entry,
so that cache invalidation can be performed by changing the table
identifier, without having to scan all entries.
No more delayed flushing, no more stalling when secret_interval expires.
Invalidated entries will then be freed at GC time (controled by
ip_rt_gc_timeout or stress), or when an invalidated entry is found
in a chain when an insert is done.
Thus we keep a normal equilibrium.
This patch :
- renames rt_hash_rnd to rt_genid (and makes it an atomic_t)
- Adds a new rt_genid field to 'struct rtable' (filling a hole on 64bit)
- Checks entry->rt_genid at appropriate places :
Reuse the existing logic for multicast list synchronization for the
unicast address list. The core of dev_mc_sync/unsync are split out as
__dev_addr_sync/unsync and moved from dev_mcast.c to dev.c. These are
then used to implement dev_unicast_sync/unsync as well.
I'm working on cleaning up Intel's FCoE stack, which generates new MAC
addresses from the fibre channel device id assigned by the fabric as
per the current draft specification in T11. When using such a
protocol in a VLAN environment it would be nice to not always be
forced into promiscuous mode, assuming the underlying Ethernet driver
supports multiple unicast addresses as well.
Signed-off-by: Chris Leech <christopher.leech@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Normally during a dump the key of the last dumped entry is used for
continuation, but since lock is dropped it might be lost. In that case
fallback to the old counter based N^2 behaviour. This means the dump
will end up skipping some routes which matches what FIB_HASH does.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a net argument to inet6_lookup and propagate it further.
Actually, this is tcp-v6 implementation of what was done for
tcp-v4 sockets in a previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have INET_MATCH, INET_TW_MATCH and INET6_MATCH to test sockets and
twbuckets for matching, but ipv6 twbuckets are tested manually.
Here's the INET6_TW_MATCH to help with it.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces the xt_hashlimit match revision 1. It adds support for
kernel-level inversion and grouping source and/or destination IP
addresses, allowing to limit on a per-subnet basis. While this would
technically obsolete xt_limit, xt_hashlimit is a more expensive due
to the hashbucketing.
Kernel-level inversion: Previously you had to do user-level inversion:
iptables -N foo
iptables -A foo -m hashlimit --hashlimit(-upto) 5/s -j RETURN
iptables -A foo -j DROP
iptables -A INPUT -j foo
now it is simpler:
iptables -A INPUT -m hashlimit --hashlimit-over 5/s -j DROP
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CHECK net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1453:8: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different signedness)
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1453:8: expected int *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1453:8: got unsigned int [usertype] *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1458:44: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different signedness)
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1458:44: expected int *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1458:44: got unsigned int [usertype] *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1603:2: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different signedness)
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1603:2: expected unsigned int *i
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1603:2: got int *<noident>
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1627:8: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different signedness)
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1627:8: expected int *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1627:8: got unsigned int *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1634:40: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different signedness)
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1634:40: expected int *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1634:40: got unsigned int *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1653:8: warning: incorrect type in argument 5 (different signedness)
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1653:8: expected unsigned int *i
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1653:8: got int *<noident>
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1666:2: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different signedness)
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1666:2: expected unsigned int *i
net/ipv4/netfilter/ip_tables.c:1666:2: got int *<noident>
CHECK net/ipv4/netfilter/arp_tables.c
net/ipv4/netfilter/arp_tables.c:1285:40: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different signedness)
net/ipv4/netfilter/arp_tables.c:1285:40: expected int *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/arp_tables.c:1285:40: got unsigned int *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/arp_tables.c:1543:44: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different signedness)
net/ipv4/netfilter/arp_tables.c:1543:44: expected int *size
net/ipv4/netfilter/arp_tables.c:1543:44: got unsigned int [usertype] *size
CHECK net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1481:8: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different signedness)
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1481:8: expected int *size
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1481:8: got unsigned int [usertype] *size
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1486:44: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different signedness)
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1486:44: expected int *size
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1486:44: got unsigned int [usertype] *size
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1631:2: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different signedness)
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1631:2: expected unsigned int *i
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1631:2: got int *<noident>
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1655:8: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different signedness)
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1655:8: expected int *size
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1655:8: got unsigned int *size
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1662:40: warning: incorrect type in argument 3 (different signedness)
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1662:40: expected int *size
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1662:40: got unsigned int *size
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1680:8: warning: incorrect type in argument 5 (different signedness)
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1680:8: expected unsigned int *i
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1680:8: got int *<noident>
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1693:2: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different signedness)
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1693:2: expected unsigned int *i
net/ipv6/netfilter/ip6_tables.c:1693:2: got int *<noident>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for ranges to the new revision. This doesn't affect
compatibility since the new revision was not released yet.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Propagate netns from userspace.
* arpt_register_table() registers table in supplied netns.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Propagate netns from userspace down to xt_find_table_lock()
* Register ip6 tables in netns (modules still use init_net)
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Typical table module registers xt_table structure (i.e. packet_filter)
and link it to list during it. We can't use one template for it because
corresponding list_head will become corrupted. We also can't unregister
with template because it wasn't changed at all and thus doesn't know in
which list it is.
So, we duplicate template at the very first step of table registration.
Table modules will save it for use during unregistration time and actual
filtering.
Do it at once to not screw bisection.
P.S.: renaming i.e. packet_filter => __packet_filter is temporary until
full netnsization of table modules is done.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In fact all we want is per-netns set of rules, however doing that will
unnecessary complicate routines such as ipt_hook()/ipt_do_table, so
make full xt_table array per-netns.
Every user stubbed with init_net for a while.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch from 0/-E to ptr/PTR_ERR convention.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the xt_conntrack match revision 1 by port matching (all four
{orig,repl}{src,dst}) and by packet direction matching.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the removal of the deferred output hooks, netoutdev was used in
case of VLANs on top of a bridge to store the VLAN device, so the
deferred hooks would see the correct output device. This isn't
necessary anymore since we're calling the output hooks for the correct
device directly in the IP stack.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for combined mode algorithms with GCM being
the first algorithm supported.
Combined mode algorithms can be added through the xfrm_user interface
using the new algorithm payload type XFRMA_ALG_AEAD. Each algorithms
is identified by its name and the ICV length.
For the purposes of matching algorithms in xfrm_tmpl structures,
combined mode algorithms occupy the same name space as encryption
algorithms. This is in line with how they are negotiated using IKE.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move headers usbnet.h and rndis_host.h to include/linux/usb and fix includes
for drivers/net/usb modules. Headers are moved because rndis_wlan will be
outside drivers/net/usb in drivers/net/wireless and yet need these headers.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Acked-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Teach rfkill about wimax radios.
Had to define a KEY_WIMAX as a 'key for disabling only wimax radios',
as other radio technologies have. This makes sense as hardware has
specific keys for disabling specific radios.
The RFKILL enabling part is, otherwise, a copy and paste of any other
radio technology.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'task_killable' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/willy/misc: (22 commits)
Remove commented-out code copied from NFS
NFS: Switch from intr mount option to TASK_KILLABLE
Add wait_for_completion_killable
Add wait_event_killable
Add schedule_timeout_killable
Use mutex_lock_killable in vfs_readdir
Add mutex_lock_killable
Use lock_page_killable
Add lock_page_killable
Add fatal_signal_pending
Add TASK_WAKEKILL
exit: Use task_is_*
signal: Use task_is_*
sched: Use task_contributes_to_load, TASK_ALL and TASK_NORMAL
ptrace: Use task_is_*
power: Use task_is_*
wait: Use TASK_NORMAL
proc/base.c: Use task_is_*
proc/array.c: Use TASK_REPORT
perfmon: Use task_is_*
...
Fixed up conflicts in NFS/sunrpc manually..
bring back the avr32, blackfin, sh, sparc architectures into working order,
by reverting the effects of this change that came in via the x86 tree:
commit a5a19c63f4e55e32dc0bc3d936d7f94793d8b380
Author: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Date: Wed Jan 30 13:33:39 2008 +0100
x86: demacro asm-x86/pgalloc_32.h
Sorry about that!
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* 'for-2.6.25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulus/powerpc: (454 commits)
[POWERPC] Cell IOMMU fixed mapping support
[POWERPC] Split out the ioid fetching/checking logic
[POWERPC] Add support to cell_iommu_setup_page_tables() for multiple windows
[POWERPC] Split out the IOMMU logic from cell_dma_dev_setup()
[POWERPC] Split cell_iommu_setup_hardware() into two parts
[POWERPC] Split out the logic that allocates struct iommus
[POWERPC] Allocate the hash table under 1G on cell
[POWERPC] Add set_dma_ops() to match get_dma_ops()
[POWERPC] 83xx: Clean up / convert mpc83xx board DTS files to v1 format.
[POWERPC] 85xx: Only invalidate TLB0 and TLB1
[POWERPC] 83xx: Fix typo in mpc837x compatible entries
[POWERPC] 85xx: convert sbc85* boards to use machine_device_initcall
[POWERPC] 83xx: rework platform Kconfig
[POWERPC] 85xx: rework platform Kconfig
[POWERPC] 86xx: Remove unused IRQ defines
[POWERPC] QE: Explicitly set address-cells and size cells for muram
[POWERPC] Convert StorCenter DTS file to /dts-v1/ format.
[POWERPC] 86xx: Convert all 86xx DTS files to /dts-v1/ format.
[PPC] Remove 85xx from arch/ppc
[PPC] Remove 83xx from arch/ppc
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/x86/linux-2.6-x86:
alpha: fix x86.git merge build error
ia64: on UP percpu variables are not small memory model
x86: fix arch/x86/kernel/test_nx.c modular build bug
s390: use generic percpu linux-2.6.git
POWERPC: use generic per cpu
ia64: use generic percpu
SPARC64: use generic percpu
percpu: change Kconfig to HAVE_SETUP_PER_CPU_AREA
modules: fold percpu_modcopy into module.c
x86: export copy_from_user_ll_nocache[_nozero]
x86: fix duplicated TIF on 64-bit
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/selinux-2.6:
security: compile capabilities by default
selinux: make selinux_set_mnt_opts() static
SELinux: Add warning messages on network denial due to error
SELinux: Add network ingress and egress control permission checks
NetLabel: Add auditing to the static labeling mechanism
NetLabel: Introduce static network labels for unlabeled connections
SELinux: Allow NetLabel to directly cache SIDs
SELinux: Enable dynamic enable/disable of the network access checks
SELinux: Better integration between peer labeling subsystems
SELinux: Add a new peer class and permissions to the Flask definitions
SELinux: Add a capabilities bitmap to SELinux policy version 22
SELinux: Add a network node caching mechanism similar to the sel_netif_*() functions
SELinux: Only store the network interface's ifindex
SELinux: Convert the netif code to use ifindex values
NetLabel: Add IP address family information to the netlbl_skbuff_getattr() function
NetLabel: Add secid token support to the NetLabel secattr struct
NetLabel: Consolidate the LSM domain mapping/hashing locks
NetLabel: Cleanup the LSM domain hash functions
NetLabel: Remove unneeded RCU read locks
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-2.6:
PPC: Fix powerpc vio_find_name to not use devices_subsys
Driver core: add bus_find_device_by_name function
Module: check to see if we have a built in module with the same name
x86: fix runtime error in arch/x86/kernel/cpu/mcheck/mce_amd_64.c
Driver core: Fix up build when CONFIG_BLOCK=N
ia64 has a special processor specific mapping that can be used to locate the
offset for the current per cpu area.
Cc: linux-ia64@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Acked-by: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Migrating the apic timer in the critical section is not very nice, and is
absolutely horrible with the real-time port. Move migration to the regular
vcpu execution path, triggered by a new bitflag.
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
kvm_para.h potentially contains definitions that are to be used by userspace,
so it should not be included inside the __KERNEL__ block. To protect its own
data structures, kvm_para.h already includes its own __KERNEL__ block.
Signed-off-by: Glauber de Oliveira Costa <gcosta@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Amit Shah <amit.shah@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch moves kvm_fpu asm-x86/kvm.h to allow every architecture to
define an own representation used for KVM_GET_FPU/KVM_SET_FPU.
Signed-off-by: Christian Ehrhardt <ehrhardt@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Carsten Otte <cotte@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Zhang Xiantao <xiantao.zhang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Convert the synchronization of the shadow handling to a separate mmu_lock
spinlock.
Also guard fetch() by mmap_sem in read-mode to protect against alias
and memslot changes.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
In preparation for a mmu spinlock, add kvm_read_guest_atomic()
and use it in fetch() and prefetch_page().
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This adds a mechanism for exposing the virtual apic tpr to the guest, and a
protocol for letting the guest update the tpr without causing a vmexit if
conditions allow (e.g. there is no interrupt pending with a higher priority
than the new tpr).
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Add a facility to report on accesses to the local apic tpr even if the
local apic is emulated in the kernel. This is basically a hack that
allows userspace to patch Windows which tends to bang on the tpr a lot.
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
IA64 also needs to see ioapic structure in irqchip.
Signed-off-by: xiantao.zhang@intel.com <xiantao.zhang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Moving kvm_vcpu_kick() to x86.c. Since it should be
common for all archs, put its declarations in <linux/kvm_host.h>
Signed-off-by: Zhang Xiantao <xiantao.zhang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This paves the way for multiple architecture support. Note that while
ioapic.c could potentially be shared with ia64, it is also moved.
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Currently, make headers_check barfs due to <asm/kvm.h>, which <linux/kvm.h>
includes, not existing. Rather than add a zillion <asm/kvm.h>s, export kvm.h
only if the arch actually supports it.
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch fixes a small issue where sturctures:
kvm_pic_state
kvm_ioapic_state
are defined inside x86 specific code and may or may not
be defined in anyway for other architectures. The problem
caused is one cannot compile userspace apps (ex. libkvm)
for other archs since a size cannot be determined for these
structures.
Signed-off-by: Jerone Young <jyoung5@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
The current cpuid management suffers from several problems, which inhibit
passing through the host feature set to the guest:
- No way to tell which features the host supports
While some features can be supported with no changes to kvm, others
need explicit support. That means kvm needs to vet the feature set
before it is passed to the guest.
- No support for indexed or stateful cpuid entries
Some cpuid entries depend on ecx as well as on eax, or on internal
state in the processor (running cpuid multiple times with the same
input returns different output). The current cpuid machinery only
supports keying on eax.
- No support for save/restore/migrate
The internal state above needs to be exposed to userspace so it can
be saved or migrated.
This patch adds extended cpuid support by means of three new ioctls:
- KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID: get all cpuid entries the host (and kvm)
supports
- KVM_SET_CPUID2: sets the vcpu's cpuid table
- KVM_GET_CPUID2: gets the vcpu's cpuid table, including hidden state
[avi: fix original KVM_SET_CPUID not removing nx on non-nx hosts as it did
before]
Signed-off-by: Dan Kenigsberg <danken@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch moves structures:
kvm_cpuid_entry
kvm_cpuid
from include/linux/kvm.h to include/asm-x86/kvm.h
Signed-off-by: Jerone Young <jyoung5@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Move structures:
kvm_sregs
kvm_msr_entry
kvm_msrs
kvm_msr_list
from include/linux/kvm.h to include/asm-x86/kvm.h
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch moves structures:
kvm_segment
kvm_dtable
from include/linux/kvm.h to include/asm-x86/kvm.h
Signed-off-by: Jerone Young <jyoung5@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch moves structure lapic_state from include/linux/kvm.h
to include/asm-x86/kvm.h
Signed-off-by: Jerone Young <jyoung5@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch moves structure kvm_regs to include/asm-x86/kvm.h.
Each architecture will need to create there own version of this
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jerone Young <jyoung5@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch moves structures:
kvm_pic_state
kvm_ioapic_state
to inclue/asm-x86/kvm.h.
Signed-off-by: Jerone Young <jyoung5@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch moves sturct kvm_memory_alias from include/linux/kvm.h
to include/asm-x86/kvm.h. Also have include/linux/kvm.h include
include/asm/kvm.h.
Signed-off-by: Jerone Young <jyoung5@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Currently kvm has a wart in that it requires three extra pages for use
as a tss when emulating real mode on Intel. This patch moves the allocation
internally, only requiring userspace to tell us where in the physical address
space we can place the tss.
Signed-off-by: Izik Eidus <izike@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Currently kvm provides hypercalls only for x86* architectures. To
provide hypercall infrastructure for other kvm architectures I split
kvm_para.h into a generic header file and architecture specific
definitions.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
Instead of having the kernel allocate memory to the guest, let userspace
allocate it and pass the address to the kernel.
This is required for s390 support, but also enables features like memory
sharing and using hugetlbfs backed memory.
Signed-off-by: Izik Eidus <izike@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
The user is now able to set how many mmu pages will be allocated to the guest.
Signed-off-by: Izik Eidus <izike@qumranet.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch refactors the current hypercall infrastructure to better
support live migration and SMP. It eliminates the hypercall page by
trapping the UD exception that would occur if you used the wrong hypercall
instruction for the underlying architecture and replacing it with the right
one lazily.
A fall-out of this patch is that the unhandled hypercalls no longer trap to
userspace. There is very little reason though to use a hypercall to
communicate with userspace as PIO or MMIO can be used. There is no code
in tree that uses userspace hypercalls.
[avi: fix #ud injection on vmx]
Signed-off-by: Anthony Liguori <aliguori@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@qumranet.com>
This patch adds a new configuration option, which adds support for a new
early_param which gets checked in arch/x86/kernel/setup_{32,64}.c:setup_arch()
to decide wether OHCI-1394 FireWire controllers should be initialized and
enabled for physical DMA access to allow remote debugging of early problems
like issues ACPI or other subsystems which are executed very early.
If the config option is not enabled, no code is changed, and if the boot
paramenter is not given, no new code is executed, and independent of that,
all new code is freed after boot, so the config option can be even enabled
in standard, non-debug kernels.
With specialized tools, it is then possible to get debugging information
from machines which have no serial ports (notebooks) such as the printk
buffer contents, or any data which can be referenced from global pointers,
if it is stored below the 4GB limit and even memory dumps of of the physical
RAM region below the 4GB limit can be taken without any cooperation from the
CPU of the host, so the machine can be crashed early, it does not matter.
In the extreme, even kernel debuggers can be accessed in this way. I wrote
a small kgdb module and an accompanying gdb stub for FireWire which allows
to gdb to talk to kgdb using remote remory reads and writes over FireWire.
An version of the gdb stub fore FireWire is able to read all global data
from a system which is running a a normal kernel without any kernel debugger,
without any interruption or support of the system's CPU. That way, e.g. the
task struct and so on can be read and even manipulated when the physical DMA
access is granted.
A HOWTO is included in this patch, in Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt
and I've put a copy online at
ftp://ftp.suse.de/private/bk/firewire/docs/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt
It also has links to all the tools which are available to make use of it
another copy of it is online at:
ftp://ftp.suse.de/private/bk/firewire/kernel/ohci1394_dma_early-v2.diff
Signed-Off-By: Bernhard Kaindl <bk@suse.de>
Tested-By: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
get more testing of the c_p_a() code done by not turning off
PSE on DEBUG_PAGEALLOC.
this simplifies the early pagetable setup code, and tests
the largepage-splitup code quite heavily.
In the end, all the largepages will be split up pretty quickly,
so there's no difference to how DEBUG_PAGEALLOC worked before.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Convert macros into inline functions, for better type-checking.
This patch required a little bit of fiddling with headers in order to
make __(pte|pmd)_free_tlb inline rather than macros.
asm-generic/tlb.h includes asm/pgalloc.h, though it doesn't directly
use any pgalloc definitions. I removed this include to avoid an
include cycle, but it may cause secondary compile failures by things
depending on the indirect inclusion; arch/x86/mm/hugetlbpage.c was one
such place; there may be others.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@xensource.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This patch defines the PCI identifiers found in
the RDC R-321x System-on-Chip.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <florian.fainelli@telecomint.eu>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
They now look like:
hal-resmgr[13791]: segfault at 3c rip 2b9c8caec182 rsp 7fff1e825d30 error 4 in libacl.so.1.1.0[2b9c8caea000+6000]
This makes it easier to pinpoint bugs to specific libraries.
And printing the offset into a mapping also always allows to find the
correct fault point in a library even with randomized mappings. Previously
there was no way to actually find the correct code address inside
the randomized mapping.
Relies on earlier patch to shorten the printk formats.
They are often now longer than 80 characters, but I think that's worth it.
[includes fix from Eric Dumazet to check d_path error value]
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
On VMs implemented using JITs that cache translated code changing the lock
prefixes is a quite costly operation that forces the JIT to throw away and
retranslate a lot of code.
Previously a SMP kernel would rewrite the locks once for each CPU which
is quite unnecessary. This patch changes the code to never switch at boot in
the normal case (SMP kernel booting with >1 CPU) or only once for SMP kernel
on UP.
This makes a significant difference in boot up performance on AMD SimNow!
Also I expect it to be a little faster on native systems too because a smp
switch does a lot of text_poke()s which each synchronize the pipeline.
v1->v2: Rename max_cpus
v1->v2: Fix off by one in UP check (Thomas Gleixner)
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The ENDPROCs() were not used everywhere. Some code used just END() instead,
while other code used nothing. um/sys-i386/checksum.S didn't #include
<linux/linkage.h> . I also got confused because gcc puts the
.type near the ENTRY, while ENDPROC puts it on the opposite end.
Signed off by: John Reiser <jreiser@BitWagon.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
introduce the "asmregparm" calling convention: for functions
implemented in assembly with a fixed regparm input parameters
calling convention.
mark the semaphore and rwsem slowpath functions with that.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Here is a quick and naive smoke test for kprobes. This is intended to
just verify if some unrelated change broke the *probes subsystem. It is
self contained, architecture agnostic and isn't of any great use by itself.
This needs to be built in the kernel and runs a basic set of tests to
verify if kprobes, jprobes and kretprobes run fine on the kernel. In case
of an error, it'll print out a message with a "BUG" prefix.
This is a start; we intend to add more tests to this bucket over time.
Thanks to Jim Keniston and Masami Hiramatsu for comments and suggestions.
Tested on x86 (32/64) and powerpc.
Signed-off-by: Ananth N Mavinakayanahalli <ananth@in.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
- Special consideration for IA64: Add the ability to specify
arch specific per cpu flags
- remove .data.percpu attribute from DEFINE_PER_CPU for non-smp case.
The arch definitions are all the same. So move them into linux/percpu.h.
We cannot move DECLARE_PER_CPU since some include files just include
asm/percpu.h to avoid include recursion problems.
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <clameter@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Travis <travis@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
# HG changeset patch
# User Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@xensource.com>
# Date 1199317452 28800
# Node ID f7e7db3facd9406545103164f9be8f9ba1a2b549
# Parent 4d9a413a0f4c1d98dbea704f0366457b5117045d
x86: add _AT() macro to conditionally cast
Define _AT(type, value) to conditionally cast a value when compiling C
code, but not when used in assembler.
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This makes ELF core dumps of 32-bit processes include a new
note type NT_386_TLS (0x200) giving the contents of the TLS
slots in struct user_desc format. This lets post mortem
examination figure out what the segment registers mean like
the debugger does with get_thread_area on a live process.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This adds a generic definition of compat_sys_ptrace that calls
compat_arch_ptrace, parallel to sys_ptrace/arch_ptrace. Some
machines needing this already define a function by that name.
The new generic function is defined only on machines that
put #define __ARCH_WANT_COMPAT_SYS_PTRACE into asm/ptrace.h.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This adds a compat_ptrace_request that is the analogue of ptrace_request
for the things that 32-on-64 ptrace implementations can share in common.
So far there are just a couple of requests handled generically.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This defines two new inlines in linux/regset.h, for use in arch_ptrace
implementations and the like. These provide simplified wrappers for using
the user_regset interfaces to copy thread regset data into the caller's
user-space memory. The inlines are trivial, but make the common uses in
places such as ptrace implementation much more concise, easier to read, and
less prone to code-copying errors.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This adds some inlines to linux/regset.h intended for arch code to use in
its user_regset get and set functions. These make it pretty easy to deal
with the interface's optional kernel-space or user-space pointers and its
generalized access to a part of the register data at a time.
In simple cases where the internal data structure matches the exported
layout (core dump format), a get function can be nothing but a call to
user_regset_copyout, and a set function a call to user_regset_copyin.
In other cases the exported layout is usually made up of a few pieces each
stored contiguously in a different internal data structure. These helpers
make it straightforward to write a get or set function by processing each
contiguous chunk of the data in order. The start_pos and end_pos arguments
are always constants, so these inlines collapse to a small amount of code.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The new header <linux/regset.h> defines the types struct user_regset and
struct user_regset_view, with some associated declarations. This new set
of interfaces will become the standard way for arch code to expose
user-mode machine-specific state. A single set of entry points into arch
code can do all the low-level work in one place to fill the needs of core
dumps, ptrace, and any other user-mode debugging facilities that might come
along in the future.
For existing arch code to adapt to the user_regset interfaces, each arch
can work from the code it already has to support core files and ptrace.
The formats you want for user_regset are the core file formats. The only
wrinkle in adapting old ptrace implementation code as user_regset get and
set functions is that these functions can be called on current as well as
on another task_struct that is stopped and switched out as for ptrace.
For some kinds of machine state, you may have to load it directly from CPU
registers or otherwise differently for current than for another thread.
(Your core dump support already handles this in elf_core_copy_regs for
current and elf_core_copy_task_regs for other tasks, so just check there.)
The set function should also be made to work on current in case that
entails some special cases, though this was never required before for
ptrace. Adding this flexibility covers the arch needs to open the door to
more sophisticated new debugging facilities that don't always need to
context-switch to do every little thing.
The copyin/copyout helper functions (in a later patch) relieve the arch
code of most of the cumbersome details of the flexible get/set interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
.. allowing to remove their declarations from a global include file
(the symbols don't exist for anything but x86).
Likewise for 64-bits' fix_processor_context(), just that that one was
properly declared in an arch-specific header.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@novell.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The break_lock data structure and code for spinlocks is quite nasty.
Not only does it double the size of a spinlock but it changes locking to
a potentially less optimal trylock.
Put all of that under CONFIG_GENERIC_LOCKBREAK, and introduce a
__raw_spin_is_contended that uses the lock data itself to determine whether
there are waiters on the lock, to be used if CONFIG_GENERIC_LOCKBREAK is
not set.
Rename need_lockbreak to spin_needbreak, make it use spin_is_contended to
decouple it from the spinlock implementation, and make it typesafe (rwlocks
do not have any need_lockbreak sites -- why do they even get bloated up
with that break_lock then?).
Signed-off-by: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This makes ptrace_request handle PTRACE_SINGLEBLOCK along with
PTRACE_CONT et al. The new generic code makes use of the
arch_has_block_step macro and generic entry points on machines
that define them.
[ mingo@elte.hu: bugfix ]
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This defines the new macro arch_has_block_step() in linux/ptrace.h, a
default for when asm/ptrace.h does not define it. This is the analog
of arch_has_single_step() for step-until-branch on machines that have
it. It declares the new user_enable_block_step function, which goes
with the existing user_enable_single_step and user_disable_single_step.
This is not used yet, but paves the way to harmonize on this interface
for the arch-specific calls on all machines.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This defines the new macro arch_has_single_step() in linux/ptrace.h, a
default for when asm/ptrace.h does not define it. It declares the new
user_enable_single_step and user_disable_single_step functions.
This is not used yet, but paves the way to harmonize on this interface
for the arch-specific calls on all machines.
Signed-off-by: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
This patch removes the extern struct resource declarations for
data_resource, code_resource and bss_resource on x86 and declares that
three structures as static as done on other architectures like IA64.
On i386, these structures are moved to setup_32.c (from e820_32.c) because
that's code that is not specific to e820 and also required on EFI systems.
That makes the "extern" reference superfluous.
On x86_64, data_resource, code_resource and bss_resource are passed to
e820_reserve_resources() as arguments just as done on i386 and IA64. That
also avoids the "extern" reference and it's possible to make it static.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Walle <bwalle@suse.de>
Cc: "Luck, Tony" <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Current idle time in kstat is based on jiffies and is coarse grained.
tick_sched.idle_sleeptime is making some attempt to keep track of idle time
in a fine grained manner. But, it is not handling the time spent in
interrupts fully.
Make tick_sched.idle_sleeptime accurate with respect to time spent on
handling interrupts and also add tick_sched.idle_lastupdate, which keeps
track of last time when idle_sleeptime was updated.
This statistics will be crucial for cpufreq-ondemand governor, which can
shed some conservative gaurd band that is uses today while setting the
frequency. The ondemand changes that uses the exact idle time is coming
soon.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The userspace API for the HPET (see Documentation/hpet.txt) did not work. The
HPET_IE_ON ioctl was failing as there was no IRQ assigned to the timer
device. This patch fixes it by allocating IRQs to timer blocks in the HPET.
arch/x86/kernel/hpet.c | 13 +++++--------
drivers/char/hpet.c | 45 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------
include/linux/hpet.h | 2 +-
3 files changed, 44 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: Balaji Rao <balajirrao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
On x86 the PIT might become an unusable clocksource. Add an unregister
function to provide a possibilty to remove the PIT from the list of
available clock sources.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Clean up hungarian notation from timer code.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Machek <pavel@suse.cz>
Cc: john stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Clean up: Follow recommendations of Chapter 5 of Documentation/CodingStyle
and use "u32" instead of "__u32" for types in definitions that are not
shared with user space.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
RPC protocol version numbers are unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: pass 5 arguments to nlmclnt_init() in a structure similar to the
new nfs_client_initdata structure.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Now that each NFS mount point caches its own nlm_host structure, it can be
passed to nlmclnt_proc() for each lock request. By pinning an nlm_host for
each mount point, we trade the overhead of looking up or creating a fresh
nlm_host struct during every NLM procedure call for a little extra memory.
We also restrict the nlmclnt_proc symbol to limit the use of this call to
in-tree modules.
Note that nlm_lookup_host() (just removed from the client's per-request
NLM processing) could also trigger an nlm_host garbage collection. Now
client-side nlm_host garbage collection occurs only during NFS mount
processing. Since the NFS client now holds a reference on these nlm_host
structures, they wouldn't have been affected by garbage collection
anyway.
Given that nlm_lookup_host() reorders the global nlm_host chain after
every successful lookup, and that a garbage collection could be triggered
during the call, we've removed a significant amount of per-NLM-request
CPU processing overhead.
Sidebar: there are only a few remaining references to the internals of
NFS inodes in the client-side NLM code. The only references I found are
related to extracting or comparing the inode's file handle via NFS_FH().
One is in nlmclnt_grant(); the other is in nlmclnt_setlockargs().
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cache an appropriate nlm_host structure in the NFS client's mount point
metadata for later use.
Note that there is no need to set NFS_MOUNT_NONLM in the error case -- if
nfs_start_lockd() returns a non-zero value, its callers ensure that the
mount request fails outright.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We would like to remove the per-lock-operation nlm_lookup_host() call from
nlmclnt_proc().
The new architecture pins an nlm_host structure to each NFS client
superblock that has the "lock" mount option set. The NFS client passes
in the pinned nlm_host structure during each call to nlmclnt_proc(). NFS
client unmount processing "puts" the nlm_host so it can be garbage-
collected later.
This patch introduces externally callable NLM functions that handle
mount-time nlm_host set up and tear-down.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: have the set up routines explicitly pass the strings to be used
for the transport name and NETID. This removes a number of conditionals
and dependencies on rpc_xprt.prot, which is overloaded.
Tighten up type checking on the address_strings array while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Currently, if you have a server mounted using networking protocol, you
cannot specify a different value using the 'proto=' option on another
mountpoint.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
In order to be able to support setting the timeo and retrans parameters on
a per-mountpoint basis, we move the rpc_timeout structure into the
rpc_clnt.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Prepare for managing larger addresses in the NFS client by widening the
nfs_client struct's cl_addr field.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Aurelien Charbon <aurelien.charbon@ext.bull.net>
(Modified to work with the new parameters for nfs_alloc_client)
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The nfs_client's cl_ipaddr field needs to be larger to hold strings that
represent IPv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Cc: Aurelien Charbon <aurelien.charbon@ext.bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Ensure that the RPC buffer size specified for NFSv4 SETCLIENTID procedures
matches what we are encoding into the buffer. See the definition of
struct nfs4_setclientid {} and the encode_setclientid() function.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Universal addresses are defined in RFC 1833 and clarified in RFC 3530. We
need to use them in several places in the NFS and RPC clients, so move the
relevant definition and block comment to an appropriate global include
file.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Move the common code for setting up the nfs_write_data and nfs_read_data
structures into fs/nfs/read.c, fs/nfs/write.c and fs/nfs/direct.c.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
We want the default scheduling priority (priority == 0) to remain
RPC_PRIORITY_NORMAL.
Also ensure that the priority wait queue scheduling is per process id
instead of sometimes being per thread, and sometimes being per inode.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
xprt_disconnect() should really only be called when the transport shutdown
is completed, and it is time to wake up any pending tasks. Rename it to
xprt_disconnect_done() in order to reflect the semantical change.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Add an xprt->state bit to enable the TCP ->state_change() method to signal
whether or not the TCP connection is in the process of closing down.
This will to be used by the reconnection logic in a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
When scheduling the autoclose RPC call, we want to ensure that we don't
race against the test_bit() call in xprt_clear_locked().
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Added an active/deactive mechanism to the nfs_server structure
allowing async operations to hold off umount until the
operations are done.
Signed-off-by: Steve Dickson <steved@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This patch adds auditing support to the NetLabel static labeling mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch introduces a mechanism for checking when labeled IPsec or SECMARK
are in use by keeping introducing a configuration reference counter for each
subsystem. In the case of labeled IPsec, whenever a labeled SA or SPD entry
is created the labeled IPsec/XFRM reference count is increased and when the
entry is removed it is decreased. In the case of SECMARK, when a SECMARK
target is created the reference count is increased and later decreased when the
target is removed. These reference counters allow SELinux to quickly determine
if either of these subsystems are enabled.
NetLabel already has a similar mechanism which provides the netlbl_enabled()
function.
This patch also renames the selinux_relabel_packet_permission() function to
selinux_secmark_relabel_packet_permission() as the original name and
description were misleading in that they referenced a single packet label which
is not the case.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6.25: (1470 commits)
[IPV6] ADDRLABEL: Fix double free on label deletion.
[PPP]: Sparse warning fixes.
[IPV4] fib_trie: remove unneeded NULL check
[IPV4] fib_trie: More whitespace cleanup.
[NET_SCHED]: Use nla_policy for attribute validation in ematches
[NET_SCHED]: Use nla_policy for attribute validation in actions
[NET_SCHED]: Use nla_policy for attribute validation in classifiers
[NET_SCHED]: Use nla_policy for attribute validation in packet schedulers
[NET_SCHED]: sch_api: introduce constant for rate table size
[NET_SCHED]: Use typeful attribute parsing helpers
[NET_SCHED]: Use typeful attribute construction helpers
[NET_SCHED]: Use NLA_PUT_STRING for string dumping
[NET_SCHED]: Use nla_nest_start/nla_nest_end
[NET_SCHED]: Propagate nla_parse return value
[NET_SCHED]: act_api: use PTR_ERR in tcf_action_init/tcf_action_get
[NET_SCHED]: act_api: use nlmsg_parse
[NET_SCHED]: act_api: fix netlink API conversion bug
[NET_SCHED]: sch_netem: use nla_parse_nested_compat
[NET_SCHED]: sch_atm: fix format string warning
[NETNS]: Add namespace for ICMP replying code.
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sam/kbuild: (79 commits)
Remove references to "make dep"
kconfig: document use of HAVE_*
Introduce new section reference annotations tags: __ref, __refdata, __refconst
kbuild: warn about ld added unique sections
kbuild: add verbose option to Section mismatch reporting in modpost
kconfig: tristate choices with mixed tristate and boolean values
asm-generic/vmlix.lds.h: simplify __mem{init,exit}* dependencies
remove __attribute_used__
kbuild: support ARCH=x86 in buildtar
kconfig: remove "enable"
kbuild: simplified warning report in modpost
kbuild: introduce a few helpers in modpost
kbuild: use simpler section mismatch warnings in modpost
kbuild: link vmlinux.o before kallsyms passes
kbuild: introduce new option to enhance section mismatch analysis
Use separate sections for __dev/__cpu/__mem code/data
compiler.h: introduce __section()
all archs: consolidate init and exit sections in vmlinux.lds.h
kbuild: check section names consistently in modpost
kbuild: introduce blacklisting in modpost
...
* 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux-2.6-for-linus:
Module: check to see if we have a built in module with the same name
module: add module taint on ndiswrapper
module: fix the module name length in param_sysfs_builtin
module: make module_address_lookup safe
module: better OOPS and lockdep coverage for loading modules
module: Fix gratuitous sprintf in module.c
module: wait for dependent modules doing init.
module: Don't report discarded init pages as kernel text.
module_address_lookup releases preemption then returns a pointer into
the module space. The only user (kallsyms) copies the result, so just
do that under the preempt disable.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Add the functions ext4_ext_search_left() and ext4_ext_search_right(),
which are used by mballoc during ext4_ext_get_blocks to decided whether
to merge extent information.
Signed-off-by: Alex Tomas <alex@clusterfs.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dilger <adilger@clusterfs.com>
Signed-off-by: Johann Lombardi <johann@clusterfs.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
This function is used by the ext4 multi block allocator patches.
Also add generic_find_next_le_bit
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: <linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
This patch adds 64-bit inode version support to ext4. The lower 32 bits
are stored in the osd1.linux1.l_i_version field while the high 32 bits
are stored in the i_version_hi field newly created in the ext4_inode.
This field is incremented in case the ext4_inode is large enough. A
i_version mount option has been added to enable the feature.
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dilger <adilger@clusterfs.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalpak Shah <kalpak@clusterfs.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean Noel Cordenner <jean-noel.cordenner@bull.net>
The i_version field of the inode is changed to be a 64-bit counter that
is set on every inode creation and that is incremented every time the
inode data is modified (similarly to the "ctime" time-stamp).
The aim is to fulfill a NFSv4 requirement for rfc3530.
This first part concerns the vfs, it converts the 32-bit i_version in
the generic inode to a 64-bit, a flag is added in the super block in
order to check if the feature is enabled and the i_version is
incremented in the vfs.
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean Noel Cordenner <jean-noel.cordenner@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalpak Shah <kalpak@clusterfs.com>
The journal checksum feature adds two new flags i.e
JBD2_FEATURE_INCOMPAT_ASYNC_COMMIT and JBD2_FEATURE_COMPAT_CHECKSUM.
JBD2_FEATURE_CHECKSUM flag indicates that the commit block contains the
checksum for the blocks described by the descriptor blocks.
Due to checksums, writing of the commit record no longer needs to be
synchronous. Now commit record can be sent to disk without waiting for
descriptor blocks to be written to disk. This behavior is controlled
using JBD2_FEATURE_ASYNC_COMMIT flag. Older kernels/e2fsck should not be
able to recover the journal with _ASYNC_COMMIT hence it is made
incompat.
The commit header has been extended to hold the checksum along with the
type of the checksum.
For recovery in pass scan checksums are verified to ensure the sanity
and completeness(in case of _ASYNC_COMMIT) of every transaction.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Dilger <adilger@clusterfs.com>
Signed-off-by: Girish Shilamkar <girish@clusterfs.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Kleikamp <shaggy@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
The patch below updates the jbd stats patch to 2.6.20/jbd2.
The initial patch was posted by Alex Tomas in December 2005
(http://marc.info/?l=linux-ext4&m=113538565128617&w=2).
It provides statistics via procfs such as transaction lifetime and size.
Sometimes, investigating performance problems, i find useful to have
stats from jbd about transaction's lifetime, size, etc. here is a
patch for review and inclusion probably.
for example, stats after creation of 3M files in htree directory:
[root@bob ~]# cat /proc/fs/jbd/sda/history
R/C tid wait run lock flush log hndls block inlog ctime write drop close
R 261 8260 2720 0 0 750 9892 8170 8187
C 259 750 0 4885 1
R 262 20 2200 10 0 770 9836 8170 8187
R 263 30 2200 10 0 3070 9812 8170 8187
R 264 0 5000 10 0 1340 0 0 0
C 261 8240 3212 4957 0
R 265 8260 1470 0 0 4640 9854 8170 8187
R 266 0 5000 10 0 1460 0 0 0
C 262 8210 2989 4868 0
R 267 8230 1490 10 0 4440 9875 8171 8188
R 268 0 5000 10 0 1260 0 0 0
C 263 7710 2937 4908 0
R 269 7730 1470 10 0 3330 9841 8170 8187
R 270 0 5000 10 0 830 0 0 0
C 265 8140 3234 4898 0
C 267 720 0 4849 1
R 271 8630 2740 20 0 740 9819 8170 8187
C 269 800 0 4214 1
R 272 40 2170 10 0 830 9716 8170 8187
R 273 40 2280 0 0 3530 9799 8170 8187
R 274 0 5000 10 0 990 0 0 0
where,
R - line for transaction's life from T_RUNNING to T_FINISHED
C - line for transaction's checkpointing
tid - transaction's id
wait - for how long we were waiting for new transaction to start
(the longest period journal_start() took in this transaction)
run - real transaction's lifetime (from T_RUNNING to T_LOCKED
lock - how long we were waiting for all handles to close
(time the transaction was in T_LOCKED)
flush - how long it took to flush all data (data=ordered)
log - how long it took to write the transaction to the log
hndls - how many handles got to the transaction
block - how many blocks got to the transaction
inlog - how many blocks are written to the log (block + descriptors)
ctime - how long it took to checkpoint the transaction
write - how many blocks have been written during checkpointing
drop - how many blocks have been dropped during checkpointing
close - how many running transactions have been closed to checkpoint this one
all times are in msec.
[root@bob ~]# cat /proc/fs/jbd/sda/info
280 transaction, each upto 8192 blocks
average:
1633ms waiting for transaction
3616ms running transaction
5ms transaction was being locked
1ms flushing data (in ordered mode)
1799ms logging transaction
11781 handles per transaction
5629 blocks per transaction
5641 logged blocks per transaction
Signed-off-by: Johann Lombardi <johann.lombardi@bull.net>
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Kozlowski <m.kozlowski@tuxland.pl>
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Sandeen <sandeen@redhat.com>
We are currently taking the truncate_mutex for every read. This would have
performance impact on large CPU configuration. Convert the lock to read write
semaphore and take read lock when we are trying to read the file.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
When doing a migrate from ext3 to ext4 inode we need to make sure the test
for inode type and walking inode data happens inside lock. To make this
happen move truncate_mutex early before checking the i_flags.
This actually should enable us to remove the verify_chain().
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Before we start committing a transaction, we call
__journal_clean_checkpoint_list() to cleanup transaction's written-back
buffers.
If this call happens to remove all of them (and there were already some
buffers), __journal_remove_checkpoint() will decide to free the transaction
because it isn't (yet) a committing transaction and soon we fail some
assertion - the transaction really isn't ready to be freed :).
We change the check in __journal_remove_checkpoint() to free only a
transaction in T_FINISHED state. The locking there is subtle though (as
everywhere in JBD ;(). We use j_list_lock to protect the check and a
subsequent call to __journal_drop_transaction() and do the same in the end
of journal_commit_transaction() which is the only place where a transaction
can get to T_FINISHED state.
Probably I'm too paranoid here and such locking is not really necessary -
checkpoint lists are processed only from log_do_checkpoint() where a
transaction must be already committed to be processed or from
__journal_clean_checkpoint_list() where kjournald itself calls it and thus
transaction cannot change state either. Better be safe if something
changes in future...
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Cc: <linux-ext4@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Add buffer head related helper function bh_uptodate_or_lock and
bh_submit_read which can be used by file system
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This patch extends bg_itable_unused of ext4 group descriptor
from 16bit into 32bit. In order to add bg_itable_unused_hi into
struct ext4_group_desc, some extra fields which are already introduced into
e2fsprogs are also added in for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Coly Li <coyli@suse.de>
Cc: Andreas Dilger <adilger@clusterfs.com>
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Calculate & store the max offset for bitmapped files, and
catch too-large seeks, truncates, and writes in ext4, shortening
or rejecting as appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Eric Sandeen <sandeen@redhat.com>
This patch converts ext4_inode i_blocks to represent total
blocks occupied by the inode in file system block size.
Earlier the variable used to represent this in 512 byte
block size. This actually limited the total size of the file.
The feature is enabled transparently when we write an inode
whose i_blocks cannot be represnted as 512 byte units in a
48 bit variable.
inode flag EXT4_HUGE_FILE_FL
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Use the __le16 l_i_reserved1 field of the linux2 struct of ext4_inode
to represet the higher 16 bits for i_blocks. With this change max_file
size becomes (2**48 -1 )* 512 bytes.
We add a RO_COMPAT feature to the super block to indicate that inode
have i_blocks represented as a split 48 bits. Super block with this
feature set cannot be mounted read write on a kernel with CONFIG_LSF
disabled.
Super block flag EXT4_FEATURE_RO_COMPAT_HUGE_FILE
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Rename ext4_inode.i_dir_acl to i_size_high
drop ext4_inode_info.i_dir_acl as it is not used
Rename ext4_inode.i_size to ext4_inode.i_size_lo
Add helper function for accessing the ext4_inode combined i_size.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Rename i_file_acl to i_file_acl_lo. This helps
in finding bugs where we use i_file_acl instead
of the combined i_file_acl_lo and i_file_acl_high
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
In many places variables for block group are of type int, which limits the
maximum number of block groups to 2^31. Each block group can have up to
2^15 blocks, with a 4K block size, and the max filesystem size is limited to
2^31 * (2^15 * 2^12) = 2^58 -- or 256 PB
This patch introduces a new type ext4_group_t, of type unsigned long, to
represent block group numbers in ext4.
All occurrences of block group variables are converted to type ext4_group_t.
Signed-off-by: Avantika Mathur <mathur@us.ibm.com>
This patch adds a new data type ext4_lblk_t to represent
the logical file blocks.
This is the preparatory patch to support large files in ext4
The follow up patch with convert the ext4_inode i_blocks to
represent the number of blocks in file system block size. This
changes makes it possible to have a block number 2**32 -1 which
will result in overflow if the block number is represented by
signed long. This patch convert all the block number to type
ext4_lblk_t which is typedef to __u32
Also remove dead code ext4_ext_walk_space
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Sandeen <sandeen@redhat.com>
With 64KB blocksize, a directory entry can have size 64KB which does not fit
into 16 bits we have for entry lenght. So we store 0xffff instead and convert
value when read from / written to disk. The patch also converts some places
to use ext4_next_entry() when we are changing them anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
This patch set supports large block size(>4k, <=64k) in ext4,
just enlarging the block size limit. But it is NOT possible to have 64kB
blocksize on ext4 without some changes to the directory handling
code. The reason is that an empty 64kB directory block would have a
rec_len == (__u16)2^16 == 0, and this would cause an error to be hit in
the filesystem. The proposed solution is treat 64k rec_len
with a an impossible value like rec_len = 0xffff to handle this.
The Patch-set consists of the following 2 patches.
[1/2] ext4: enlarge blocksize
- Allow blocksize up to pagesize
[2/2] ext4: fix rec_len overflow
- prevent rec_len from overflow with 64KB blocksize
Now on 64k page ppc64 box runs with this patch set we could create a 64k
block size ext4dev, and able to handle empty directory block.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Sato <sho@tnes.nec.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com>
in_dev_find() need a namespace to pass it to fib_get_table(), so add
an argument.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes ieee80211_bar control and start_seq_num to
match the proper bitwise attribute expected from ieee 802.11 frame
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a mac80211 based wireless driver for the rtl8180 and
rtl8185 PCI wireless cards. Also included are some rtl8187 changes
required due to the relationship between that driver and this one.
Michael Wu is primarily responsible for the initial driver and rtl8185
support. Andreas Merello provided the additional rtl8180 support.
Thanks to Jukka Ruohonen for the donating a rtl8185 card! It was very
helpful for the rtl8225z2 code.
The Signed-off-by information below is collected from the individual
patches submitted to wireless-2.6 before merging this driver upstream.
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andreamrl@tiscali.it>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the 'ssb_pcihost_set_power_state' function.
This function allows us to set the power state of a PCI device
(for example b44 ethernet device).
Signed-off-by: Miguel Botón <mboton@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes lowlevel register access for PCMCIA based devices.
The patch also adds a temporary workaround for the device mac address.
It simply adds generation of a random address. The real SPROM extraction
will follow in another patch.
The temporary workaround will be removed then, but for now it's OK.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes extraction of some values from the SPROM.
It mainly fixes extraction of antenna related values, which
is needed for another b43 fix sent later.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This short patch modifies the IPv4 networking to enable use of the
240.0.0.0/4 (aka "class-E") address space as propsed in the internet
draft draft-fuller-240space-00.txt.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Acked-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Keep track of the number of VLAN devices in a vlan group. This allows
to have the caller sense when the group is going to be destroyed and
stop using it, which in turn allows to remove the wrapper around
unregister_vlan_dev for the NETDEV_UNREGISTER notifier and avoid
iterating over all possible VLAN ids whenever a device in unregistered.
Also fix what looks like a use-after-free (but is actually safe since
we're holding the RTNL), the real_dev reference should not be dropped
while we still use it.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The print_mac function is not very suitable for debugging printks
in performance critical paths since without ifdefs it will always
get called. MAC_FMT can be used with pr_debug without any overhead
when debugging is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only user already includes __FUNCTION__ (vlan_proto_init) in the
output, which is enough to identify what the message is about.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix 3 space indentation and some overly long lines by moving the
comments to a kdoc structure description.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- struct packet_type is not used
- struct vlan_group is declared later in the file before the first use
- struct net_device is not needed since netdevice.h is included
- struct vlan_collection does not exist
- struct vlan_dev_info is declared later in the file before the first use
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a specific helper for netlink kernel socket disposal. This just
let the code look better and provides a ground for proper disposal
inside a namespace.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Tested-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The old, now unused, data structures and SPROM extraction routines
are removed.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger<Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In disagreement with the SPROM specs, revision 3 devices appear to have
moved the MAC address.
Change ssb to handle the revision 4 SPROM, which is a different size.
This change in size is handled by adding a new variable to the ssb_sprom
struct and using it whenever possible. For those routines that do not
have access to this structure, a 'u16 size' argument is added.
The new PCI_ID for the BCM4328 is also added.
Testing of the Revision 4 SPROM, which is used on the BCM4328, was done
by Michael Gerdau <mgerdau@tiscali.de>.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The SPROM's for various devices utilizing the Sonics Silicon Backplane come
with various revisions. The Revision 2 SPROM inherited the data layout of 1, and
Revision 3 inherited the layout of 2. The first instance of Revision 4 has
now been found in a BCM4328 wireless LAN card. This device does not inherit any
layout from previous versions. Although it was possible to create a data
structure that kept all the old layouts, we decided to start fresh, keep only
those SPROM variables that are used by the drivers that utilize ssb, and to
do the conversion in such a manner that neither compilation or execution will
be affected if a bisection lands in the middle of these changes, while keeping
the patches as small as possible.
In this patch, the sprom structures are changed while maintaining the old ones.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- whitespaces vs tabs
- use 80 cols
- use if_mii
- use netdev_priv
- remove useless cast to void *
- PCI device id does not need to be globally available
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Spotted by Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves ipt_iprange to xt_iprange, in preparation for adding
IPv6 support to xt_iprange.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces the xt_mark match revision 1. It uses fixed types,
eventually obsoleting revision 0 some day (uses nonfixed types).
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces the xt_conntrack match revision 1. It uses fixed types, the
new nf_inet_addr and comes with IPv6 support, thereby completely
superseding xt_state.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend union nf_inet_addr with struct in_addr and in6_addr. Useful
because a lot of in-kernel IPv4 and IPv6 functions use
in_addr/in6_addr.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces the xt_connmark match revision 1. It uses fixed types,
eventually obsoleting revision 0 some day (uses nonfixed types).
(Unfixed types like "unsigned long" do not play well with mixed
user-/kernelspace "bitness", e.g. 32/64, as is common on SPARC64,
and need extra compat code.)
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces the xt_MARK target revision 2. It uses fixed types, and
also uses the more expressive XOR logic.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces the xt_CONNMARK target revision 1. It uses fixed types, and
also uses the more expressive XOR logic. Futhermore, it allows to
selectively pick bits from both the ctmark and the nfmark in the SAVE
and RESTORE operations.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
arp_ignore has two arguments: dev & in_dev. dev is used for
inet_confirm_addr calling only.
inet_confirm_addr, in turn, either gets in_dev from the device passed
or iterates over all network devices if the device passed is NULL. It
seems logical to directly pass in_dev into inet_confirm_addr.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
alg_key_len is currently defined as 'signed int'. This unfortunatly
leads to integer divides in several paths.
Converting it to unsigned is safe and saves 208 bytes of text on i386.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cat /proc/net/atm/arp causes the NULL pointer dereference in the
get_proc_net+0xc/0x3a. This happens as proc_get_net believes that the
parent proc dir entry contains struct net.
Fix this assumption for "net/atm" case.
The problem is introduced by the commit c0097b07abf5f92ab135d024dd41bd2aada1512f
from Eric W. Biederman/Daniel Lezcano.
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conntracks subsystem has a similar infrastructure
to maintain ctl_paths, but since we already have it
on the generic level, I think it's OK to switch to
using it.
So, basically, this patch just replaces the ctl_table-s
with ctl_path-s, nf_register_sysctl_table with
register_sysctl_paths() and removes no longer needed code.
After this the net/netfilter/nf_sysctl.c file contains
the paths only.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can avoid divides (as seen with CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y on
x86) changing vlan_group_get_device()/vlan_group_set_device() id
parameter from signed to unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the basic needed abilities and functions for A-MPDU Rx session
changed functions:
- ieee80211_sta_process_addba_request - Rx A-MPDU initialization enabled
- ieee80211_stop - stops all A-MPDU Rx in case interface goes down
added functions:
- ieee80211_send_delba - used for sending out Del BA in A-MPDU sessions
- ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_BA_session - stopping Rx A-MPDU session
- sta_rx_agg_session_timer_expired - stops A-MPDU Rx use if load is too
low
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- 'cb' is a fake struct member. In a previous patch struct cn_callback
was renamed to cn_callback_id, so 'cb' should have been deleted at that
time.
- 'nls' isn't used and is redundant, we can retrieve this data through
cn_callback_entry.pdev->nls.
- 'seq' and 'group' should be u32, as they are declared to be u32 in
other places.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Struct member netlink_groups is never used, and I don't see how it can
be useful.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before pushing pcounter to Linus tree, I would like to make some adjustments.
Goal is to reduce kernel text size, by unlining too big functions.
When a pcounter is bound to a statically defined per_cpu variable,
we define two small helpers functions. (No more folding function
using the fat for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) ... )
static DEFINE_PER_CPU(int, NAME##_pcounter_values);
static void NAME##_pcounter_add(struct pcounter *self, int val)
{
__get_cpu_var(NAME##_pcounter_values) += val;
}
static int NAME##_pcounter_getval(const struct pcounter *self, int cpu)
{
return per_cpu(NAME##_pcounter_values, cpu);
}
Fast path is therefore unchanged, while folding/alloc/free is now unlined.
This saves 228 bytes on i386
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch contains the scheduled removal of the shaper driver.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
print_mac() used many most net drivers and format_addr() used by
net-sysfs.c are very similar and they can be intergrated.
format_addr() is also identically redefined in the qla4xxx iscsi
driver.
Export a new function sysfs_format_mac() to be used by net-sysfs,
qla4xxx and others in the future. Both print_mac() and
sysfs_format_mac() call _format_mac_addr() to do the formatting.
Changed print_mac() to use unsigned char * to be consistent with
net_device struct's dev_addr. Added buffer length overrun checking
as suggested by Joe Perches.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After a station is added to the kernel's structures, userspace
has to be able to retrieve statistics about that station, especially
whether the station was idle and how much bytes were transferred
to and from it. This adds the necessary code to nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds station handling to cfg80211/nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the necessary API to cfg80211/nl80211 to allow
changing beaconing settings.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces key handling to cfg80211/nl80211. Default
and group keys can be added, changed and removed; sequence
counters for each key can be retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This statistics is shown factor dropped by transformation
at /proc/net/xfrm_stat for developer.
It is a counter designed from current transformation source code
and defined as linux private MIB.
See Documentation/networking/xfrm_proc.txt for the detail.
Signed-off-by: Masahide NAKAMURA <nakam@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few netfilter modules provide their own union of IPv4 and IPv6
address storage. Will unify that in this patch series.
(1/4): Rename union nf_conntrack_address to union nf_inet_addr and
move it to x_tables.h.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to use rcu_assign_pointer/rcu_dereference to avoid races.
Also remove an obsolete CONFIG_IP_NAT_NEEDED ifdef.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to Maciej Soltysiak's ipt_LOG patch, include GID in addition
to UID in netlink message.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for James Morris' connsecmark.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The combination of NAT and helpers may produce TCP sequence adjustments.
In failover setups, this information needs to be replicated in order to
achieve a successful recovery of mangled, related connections. This patch is
particularly useful for conntrackd, see:
http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/conntrack-tools/
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use compat types and compat iterators when dealing with compat entries for
clarity. This doesn't actually make a difference for ip_tables, but is
needed for ip6_tables and arp_tables.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make xt_compat_match_from_user return an int to make it usable in the
*tables iterator macros and kill a now unnecessary wrapper function.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce scan capabilities to WEXT so that userspace can do intelligent
things with scan behavior such as handling hidden SSIDs more gracefully.
If the driver reports a specific scan capability, the driver must
respect the options specified in the iw_scan_req structure when handling
the SIOCSIWSCAN call, unless it's mode or state does not allow it to do
so, in which case it must return an error.
This version switches to Dave Kilroy's suggestion of claiming unused
padding space for the scan_capa field.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change IPV4 specific macros LOOPBACK MULTICAST LOCAL_MCAST BADCLASS
and ZERONET macros to inline functions ipv4_is_<type>(__be32 addr)
Adds type safety and arguably some readability.
Changes since last submission:
Removed ipv4_addr_octets function
Used hex constants
Converted recently added rfc3330 macros
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are scattered over the code, but almost all the
"critical" places already have the proper struct net
at hand except for snmp proc showing function and routing
rtnl handler.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In DCCP, timestamps can occur on packets anytime, CCID3 uses a timestamp(/echo) on the Request/Response
exchange. This patch addresses the following situation:
* timestamps are recorded on the listening socket;
* Responses are sent from dccp_request_sockets;
* suppose two connections reach the listening socket with very small time in between:
* the first timestamp value gets overwritten by the second connection request.
This is not really good, so this patch separates timestamps into
* those which are received by the server during the initial handshake (on dccp_request_sock);
* those which are received by the client or the client after connection establishment.
As before, a timestamp of 0 is regarded as indicating that no (meaningful) timestamp has been
received (in addition, a warning message is printed if hosts send 0-valued timestamps).
The timestamp-echoing now works as follows:
* when a timestamp is present on the initial Request, it is placed into dreq, due to the
call to dccp_parse_options in dccp_v{4,6}_conn_request;
* when a timestamp is present on the Ack leading from RESPOND => OPEN, it is copied over
from the request_sock into the child cocket in dccp_create_openreq_child;
* timestamps received on an (established) dccp_sock are treated as before.
Since Elapsed Time is measured in hundredths of milliseconds (13.2), the new dccp_timestamp()
function is used, as it is expected that the time between receiving the timestamp and
sending the timestamp echo will be very small against the wrap-around time. As a byproduct,
this allows smaller timestamping-time fields.
Furthermore, inserting the Timestamp Echo option has been taken out of the block starting with
'!dccp_packet_without_ack()', since Timestamp Echo can be carried on any packet (5.8 and 13.3).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The option parsing code currently only parses on full sk's. This causes a problem for
options sent during the initial handshake (in particular timestamps and feature-negotiation
options). Therefore, this patch extends the option parsing code with an additional argument
for request_socks: if it is non-NULL, options are parsed on the request socket, otherwise
the normal path (parsing on the sk) is used.
Subsequent patches, which implement feature negotiation during connection setup, make use
of this facility.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a socket option and signalling support for the case where the server
holds timewait state on closing the connection, as described in RFC 4340, 8.3.
Since holding timewait state at the server is the non-usual case, it is enabled
via a socket option. Documentation for this socket option has been added.
The setsockopt statement has been made resilient against different possible cases
of expressing boolean `true' values using a suggestion by Ian McDonald.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4301 requires us to relookup ICMP traffic that does not match any
policies using the reverse of its payload. This patch implements this
for ICMP traffic that originates from or terminates on localhost.
This is activated on outbound with the new policy flag XFRM_POLICY_ICMP,
and on inbound by the new state flag XFRM_STATE_ICMP.
On inbound the policy check is now performed by the ICMP protocol so
that it can repeat the policy check where necessary.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 4301 requires us to relookup ICMP traffic that does not match any
policies using the reverse of its payload. This patch adds the functions
xfrm_decode_session_reverse and xfrmX_policy_check_reverse so we can get
the reverse flow to perform such a lookup.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is essentially IN_DEV_ANDCONF with proper arguments.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just move the variable on the struct net and adjust
its usage.
Others sysctls from sys.net.core table are more
difficult to virtualize (i.e. make them per-namespace),
but I'll look at them as well a bit later.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@oenvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The previous move of the the UDP inDatagrams counter caused each
peek of the same packet to be counted separately. This may be
undesirable.
This patch fixes this by adding a bit to sk_buff to record whether
this packet has already been seen through skb_recv_datagram. We
then only increment the counter when the packet is seen for the
first time.
The only dodgy part is the fact that skb_recv_datagram doesn't have
a good way of returning this new bit of information. So I've added
a new function __skb_recv_datagram that does return this and made
skb_recv_datagram a wrapper around it.
The plan is to eventually replace all uses of skb_recv_datagram with
this new function at which time it can be renamed its proper name.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently it is possible for two processes to peek on the same socket
and end up incrementing the error counter twice for the same packet.
This patch fixes it by making skb_kill_datagram return whether it
succeeded in unlinking the packet and only incrementing the counter
if it did.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AFAIS these two entries should do the same thing - change the
forwarding state on ipv4_devconf and on all the devices.
I propose to merge the handlers together using ctl paths.
The inet_forward_change() is static after this and I move
it higher to be closer to other "propagation" helpers and
to avoid diff making patches based on { and } matching :)
i.e. - make them easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I have removed all the entries from this table (core_table,
ipv4_table and tr_table), so now we can safely drop it.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The same thing for token-ring - use ctl paths and get
rid of external references on the tr_table.
Unfortunately, I couldn't split this patch into cleanup and
use-the-paths parts.
As a lame excuse I can say, that the cleanup is just moving
the tr_table from one file to another - closet to a single
variable, that this ctl table tunes. Since the source file
becomes empty after the move, I remove it.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move common fields for queue management to struct nf_info and rename it
to struct nf_queue_entry. The avoids one allocation/free per packet and
simplifies the code a bit.
Alternatively we could add some private room at the tail, but since
all current users use identical structs this seems easier.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the data pointer from struct nf_queue_handler. It has never been used
and is useless for the only handler that really matters, nfnetlink_queue,
since the handler is shared between all instances.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nf_conntrack_h323 needs ip6_route_output for the call forwarding filter.
Add a ->route function to nf_afinfo and use that to avoid pulling in the
ipv6 module.
Fix the #ifdef for the IPv6 code while I'm at it - the IPv6 support is
only needed when IPv6 conntrack is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add rate estimator match. The rate estimator match can match on
estimated rates by the RATEEST target. It supports matching on
absolute bps/pps values, comparing two rate estimators and matching
on the difference between two rate estimators.
This is what I use to route outgoing data connections from a FTP
server over two lines based on the available bandwidth:
# estimate outgoing rates
iptables -t mangle -A POSTROUTING -o eth0 -j RATEEST --rateest-name eth0 \
--rateest-interval 250ms \
--rateest-ewma 0.5s
iptables -t mangle -A POSTROUTING -o ppp0 -j RATEEST --rateest-name ppp0 \
--rateest-interval 250ms \
--rateest-ewma 0.5s
# mark based on available bandwidth
iptables -t mangle -A BALANCE -m state --state NEW \
-m helper --helper ftp \
-m rateest --rateest-delta \
--rateest1 eth0 \
--rateest-bps1 2.5mbit \
--rateest-gt \
--rateest2 ppp0 \
--rateest-bps2 2mbit \
-j CONNMARK --set-mark 0x1
iptables -t mangle -A BALANCE -m state --state NEW \
-m helper --helper ftp \
-m rateest --rateest-delta \
--rateest1 ppp0 \
--rateest-bps1 2mbit \
--rateest-gt \
--rateest2 eth0 \
--rateest-bps2 2.5mbit \
-j CONNMARK --set-mark 0x2
iptables -t mangle -A BALANCE -j CONNMARK --restore-mark
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new rate estimator target (using gen_estimator). In combination with
the rateest match (next patch) this can be used for load-based multipath
routing.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends the xt_DSCP target by xt_TOS v1 to add support for selectively
setting and flipping any bit in the IPv4 TOS and IPv6 Priority fields.
(ipt_TOS and xt_DSCP only accepted a limited range of possible
values.)
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends the xt_dscp match by xt_tos v1 to add support for selectively
matching any bit in the IPv4 TOS and IPv6 Priority fields. (ipt_tos
and xt_dscp only accepted a limited range of possible values.)
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Addrtype match has a new revision (1), which lets address type checking
limited to the interface the current packet belongs to. Either incoming
or outgoing interface can be used depending on the current hook. In the
FORWARD hook two maches should be used if both interfaces have to be checked.
The new structure is ipt_addrtype_info_v1.
Revision 0 lets older userspace programs use the match as earlier.
ipt_addrtype_info is used.
Signed-off-by: Laszlo Attila Toth <panther@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xt_owner merges ipt_owner and ip6t_owner, and adds a flag to match
on socket (non-)existence.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@computergmbh.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using a big array of NR_CPUS entries, we can compute the size
needed at runtime, using nr_cpu_ids
This should save some ram (especially on David's machines where NR_CPUS=4096 :
32 KB can be saved per table, and 64KB for dynamically allocated ones (because
of slab/slub alignements) )
In particular, the 'bootstrap' tables are not any more static (in data
section) but on stack as their size is now very small.
This also should reduce the size used on stack in compat functions
(get_info() declares an automatic variable, that could be bigger than kernel
stack size for big NR_CPUS)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <dada1@cosmosbay.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@bitebene.org>
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the basic infrastructure for per namespace sysctls.
A list of lists of sysctl headers is added, allowing each namespace to have
it's own list of sysctl headers.
Each list of sysctl headers has a lookup function to find the first
sysctl header in the list, allowing the lists to have a per namespace
instance.
register_sysct_root is added to tell sysctl.c about additional
lists of sysctl_headers. As all of the users are expected to be in
kernel no unregister function is provided.
sysctl_head_next is updated to walk through the list of lists.
__register_sysctl_paths is added to add a new sysctl table on
a non-default sysctl list.
The only intrusive part of this patch is propagating the information
to decided which list of sysctls to use for sysctl_check_table.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Cedric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By doing this we allow users of register_sysctl_paths that build
and dynamically allocate their ctl_table to be simpler. This allows
them to just remember the ctl_table_header returned from
register_sysctl_paths from which they can now find the
ctl_table array they need to free.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Cedric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are a number of modules that register a sysctl table
somewhere deeply nested in the sysctl hierarchy, such as
fs/nfs, fs/xfs, dev/cdrom, etc.
They all specify several dummy ctl_tables for the path name.
This patch implements register_sysctl_path that takes
an additional path name, and makes up dummy sysctl nodes
for each component.
This patch was originally written by Olaf Kirch and
brought to my attention and reworked some by Olaf Hering.
I have changed a few additional things so the bugs are mine.
After converting all of the easy callers Olaf Hering observed
allyesconfig ARCH=i386, the patch reduces the final binary size by 9369 bytes.
.text +897
.data -7008
text data bss dec hex filename
26959310 4045899 4718592 35723801 2211a19 ../vmlinux-vanilla
26960207 4038891 4718592 35717690 221023a ../O-allyesconfig/vmlinux
So this change is both a space savings and a code simplification.
CC: Olaf Kirch <okir@suse.de>
CC: Olaf Hering <olaf@aepfle.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Cedric Le Goater <clg@fr.ibm.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kill the defines again, convert to the new checksum helper names and
remove the dependency of NET_ACT_NAT on NETFILTER.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows to get rid of the CONFIG_NETFILTER dependency of NET_ACT_NAT.
This patch redefines the old names to keep the noise low, the next patch
converts all users.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the necessary state transitions for the two forms of passive-close
* PASSIVE_CLOSE - which is entered when a host receives a Close;
* PASSIVE_CLOSEREQ - which is entered when a client receives a CloseReq.
Here is a detailed account of what the patch does in each state.
1) Receiving CloseReq
The pseudo-code in 8.5 says:
Step 13: Process CloseReq
If P.type == CloseReq and S.state < CLOSEREQ,
Generate Close
S.state := CLOSING
Set CLOSING timer.
This means we need to address what to do in CLOSED, LISTEN, REQUEST, RESPOND, PARTOPEN, and OPEN.
* CLOSED: silently ignore - it may be a late or duplicate CloseReq;
* LISTEN/RESPOND: will not appear, since Step 7 is performed first (we know we are the client);
* REQUEST: perform Step 13 directly (no need to enqueue packet);
* OPEN/PARTOPEN: enter PASSIVE_CLOSEREQ so that the application has a chance to process unread data.
When already in PASSIVE_CLOSEREQ, no second CloseReq is enqueued. In any other state, the CloseReq is ignored.
I think that this offers some robustness against rare and pathological cases: e.g. a simultaneous close where
the client sends a Close and the server a CloseReq. The client will then be retransmitting its Close until it
gets the Reset, so ignoring the CloseReq while in state CLOSING is sane.
2) Receiving Close
The code below from 8.5 is unconditional.
Step 14: Process Close
If P.type == Close,
Generate Reset(Closed)
Tear down connection
Drop packet and return
Thus we need to consider all states:
* CLOSED: silently ignore, since this can happen when a retransmitted or late Close arrives;
* LISTEN: dccp_rcv_state_process() will generate a Reset ("No Connection");
* REQUEST: perform Step 14 directly (no need to enqueue packet);
* RESPOND: dccp_check_req() will generate a Reset ("Packet Error") -- left it at that;
* OPEN/PARTOPEN: enter PASSIVE_CLOSE so that application has a chance to process unread data;
* CLOSEREQ: server performed active-close -- perform Step 14;
* CLOSING: simultaneous-close: use a tie-breaker to avoid message ping-pong (see comment);
* PASSIVE_CLOSEREQ: ignore - the peer has a bug (sending first a CloseReq and now a Close);
* TIMEWAIT: packet is ignored.
Note that the condition of receiving a packet in state CLOSED here is different from the condition "there
is no socket for such a connection": the socket still exists, but its state indicates it is unusable.
Last, dccp_finish_passive_close sets either DCCP_CLOSED or DCCP_CLOSING = TCP_CLOSING, so that
sk_stream_wait_close() will wait for the final Reset (which will trigger CLOSING => CLOSED).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds two auxiliary states to deal with passive closes:
* PASSIVE_CLOSE (reached from OPEN via reception of Close) and
* PASSIVE_CLOSEREQ (reached from OPEN via reception of CloseReq)
as internal intermediate states.
These states are used to allow a receiver to process unread data before
acknowledging the received connection-termination-request (the Close/CloseReq).
Without such support, it will happen that passively-closed sockets enter CLOSED
state while there is still unprocessed data in the queue; leading to unexpected
and erratic API behaviour.
PASSIVE_CLOSE has been mapped into TCPF_CLOSE_WAIT, so that the code will
seamlessly work with inet_accept() (which tests for this state).
The state names are thanks to Arnaldo, who suggested this naming scheme
following an earlier revision of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch includes support for the Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel
Addressing Protocol (ISATAP) per RFC4214. It uses the SIT
module, and is configured using extensions to the "iproute2"
utility. The diffs are specific to the Linux 2.6.24-rc2 kernel
distribution.
This version includes the diff for ./include/linux/if.h which was
missing in the v2.4 submission and is needed to make the
patch compile. The patch has been installed, compiled and
tested in a clean 2.6.24-rc2 kernel build area.
Signed-off-by: Fred L. Templin <fred.l.templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sock_wake_async() performs a bit different actions
depending on "how" argument. Unfortunately this argument
ony has numerical magic values.
I propose to give names to their constants to help people
reading this function callers understand what's going on
without looking into this function all the time.
I suppose this is 2.6.25 material, but if it's not (or the
naming seems poor/bad/awful), I can rework it against the
current net-2.6 tree.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I keep getting this build error and couldn't find anyone fixing
it in archives. ...Maybe all net developers except me build
just SMP kernels :-).
In file included from include/net/sock.h:50,
from ipc/mqueue.c:35:
include/linux/pcounter.h: In function 'pcounter_add':
include/linux/pcounter.h:87: error: 'struct pcounter' has no
member named 'value'
make[1]: *** [ipc/mqueue.o] Error 1
make: *** [ipc] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This decouples PARTOPEN from TCP-specific stream-states.
It thus addresses the FIXME.
The code has been checked with regard to dependency on PARTOPEN and FIN_WAIT1
states (to which PARTOPEN previously was mapped): there is no difference, as
PARTOPEN is always referred to directly (i.e. not via the mapping to TCP
state).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ian McDonald <ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This just generalises what was introduced by Eric Dumazet for the struct proto
inuse field in 286ab3d46058840d68e5d7d52e316c1f7e98c59f:
[NET]: Define infrastructure to keep 'inuse' changes in an efficent SMP/NUMA way.
Please look at the comment in there to see the rationale.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds several structs and definitions to ieee80211.h
to support 802.11n draft specifications.
As 802.11n depends on and extends the 802.11e standard in several issues,
there are also several definitions that belong to 802.11e.
Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After this patch none of the netlink callback support anything
except the initial network namespace but the rtnetlink infrastructure
now handles multiple network namespaces.
Changes from v2:
- IPv6 addrlabel processing
Changes from v1:
- no need for special rtnl_unlock handling
- fixed IPv6 ndisc
Signed-off-by: Denis V. Lunev <den@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds IEEE80211_MAX_FRAME_LEN which is useful for drivers trying
to determine how much to allocate for their RX buffers.
It also updates the comment on IEEE80211_MAX_DATA_LEN based on revisions
in 802.11e.
IEEE80211_MAX_FRAG_THRESHOLD and IEEE80211_MAX_RTS_THRESHOLD are also
revised due to the new maximum frame size.
Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rx_flags variable is redundant. Turning rx on/off is done
via setting the rx_np pointer.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The local_mac is managed by the network device, no need to keep a
spare copy and all the management problems that could cause.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the missing Kbuild entries and the missing Kbuild file
in include/linux/can for the CAN subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Acked-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the use of plain integers instead of __u32 in a struct
that is visible from kernel space and user space.
Thanks to Sam Ravnborg for pointing out the wrong plain int usage.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Acked-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the CAN broadcast manager (bcm) protocol.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de>
Signed-off-by: Urs Thuermann <urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the CAN raw protocol.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de>
Signed-off-by: Urs Thuermann <urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the CAN core functionality but no protocols or drivers.
No protocol implementations are included here. They come as separate
patches. Protocol numbers are already in include/linux/can.h.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de>
Signed-off-by: Urs Thuermann <urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a protocol/address family number, ARP hardware type,
ethernet packet type, and a line discipline number for the SocketCAN
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de>
Signed-off-by: Urs Thuermann <urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Key points of this patch are:
- In case new SACK information is advance only type, no skb
processing below previously discovered highest point is done
- Optimize cases below highest point too since there's no need
to always go up to highest point (which is very likely still
present in that SACK), this is not entirely true though
because I'm dropping the fastpath_skb_hint which could
previously optimize those cases even better. Whether that's
significant, I'm not too sure.
Currently it will provide skipping by walking. Combined with
RB-tree, all skipping would become fast too regardless of window
size (can be done incrementally later).
Previously a number of cases in TCP SACK processing fails to
take advantage of costly stored information in sack_recv_cache,
most importantly, expected events such as cumulative ACK and new
hole ACKs. Processing on such ACKs result in rather long walks
building up latencies (which easily gets nasty when window is
huge). Those latencies are often completely unnecessary
compared with the amount of _new_ information received, usually
for cumulative ACK there's no new information at all, yet TCP
walks whole queue unnecessary potentially taking a number of
costly cache misses on the way, etc.!
Since the inclusion of highest_sack, there's a lot information
that is very likely redundant (SACK fastpath hint stuff,
fackets_out, highest_sack), though there's no ultimate guarantee
that they'll remain the same whole the time (in all unearthly
scenarios). Take advantage of this knowledge here and drop
fastpath hint and use direct access to highest SACKed skb as
a replacement.
Effectively "special cased" fastpath is dropped. This change
adds some complexity to introduce better coveraged "fastpath",
though the added complexity should make TCP behave more cache
friendly.
The current ACK's SACK blocks are compared against each cached
block individially and only ranges that are new are then scanned
by the high constant walk. For other parts of write queue, even
when in previously known part of the SACK blocks, a faster skip
function is used (if necessary at all). In addition, whenever
possible, TCP fast-forwards to highest_sack skb that was made
available by an earlier patch. In typical case, no other things
but this fast-forward and mandatory markings after that occur
making the access pattern quite similar to the former fastpath
"special case".
DSACKs are special case that must always be walked.
The local to recv_sack_cache copying could be more intelligent
w.r.t DSACKs which are likely to be there only once but that
is left to a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is going to replace the sack fastpath hint quite soon... :-)
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Policy table is implemented as an RCU linear list since we do not expect
large list nor frequent updates.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv4 and IPv6 hook values are identical, yet some code tries to figure
out the "correct" value by looking at the address family. Introduce NF_INET_*
values for both IPv4 and IPv6. The old values are kept in a #ifndef __KERNEL__
section for userspace compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow caller to pass in a release function, there might be
other resources that need releasing as well. Needed for
network receive.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today we have the following annotations for functions/data
referencing __init/__exit functions / data:
__init_refok => for init functions
__initdata_refok => for init data
__exit_refok => for exit functions
There is really no difference between the __init and __exit
versions and simplify it and to introduce a shorter annotation
the following new annotations are introduced:
__ref => for functions (code) that
references __*init / __*exit
__refdata => for variables
__refconst => for const variables
Whit this annotation is it more obvious what the annotation
is for and there is no longer the arbitary division
between __init and __exit code.
The mechanishm is the same as before - a special section
is created which is made part of the usual sections
in the linker script.
We will start to see annotations like this:
-static struct pci_serial_quirk pci_serial_quirks[] = {
+static const struct pci_serial_quirk pci_serial_quirks[] __refconst = {
-----------------
-static struct notifier_block __cpuinitdata cpuid_class_cpu_notifier =
+static struct notifier_block cpuid_class_cpu_notifier __refdata =
----------------
-static int threshold_cpu_callback(struct notifier_block *nfb,
+static int __ref threshold_cpu_callback(struct notifier_block *nfb,
[The above is just random samples].
Note: No modifications were needed in modpost
to support the new sections due to the newly introduced
blacklisting.
Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Remove the deprecated __attribute_used__.
[Introduce __section in a few places to silence checkpatch /sam]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Introducing separate sections for __dev* (HOTPLUG),
__cpu* (HOTPLUG_CPU) and __mem* (MEMORY_HOTPLUG)
allows us to do a much more reliable Section mismatch
check in modpost. We are no longer dependent on the actual
configuration of for example HOTPLUG.
This has the effect that all users see much more
Section mismatch warnings than before because they
were almost all hidden when HOTPLUG was enabled.
The advantage of this is that when building a piece
of code then it is much more likely that the Section
mismatch errors are spotted and the warnings will be
felt less random of nature.
Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Cc: Greg KH <greg@kroah.com>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
auxvec.h, i2c-dev.h and vt.h *should* be unifdef'ed i2o-dev.h does not need
unifdef'ing
Signed-off-by: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/hid: (24 commits)
HID: ADS/Tech Radio si470x needs blacklist entry
HID: Logitech Extreme 3D needs NOGET quirk
HID: Refactor MS Presenter 8K key mapping
HID: MS Presenter mapping for PID 0x0701
HID: Support Samsung IR remote
HID: fix compilation of hidbp drivers without usbhid
HID: Blacklist the Gretag-Macbeth Huey display colorimeter
HID: the `bit' in hidinput_mapping_quirks() is an out parameter
HID: remove redundant WARN_ON()s in order not to scare users
HID: force hiddev creation for SONY PS3 controller
HID: Use hid blacklist in usbmouse/usbkbd
HID: proper handling of MS 4k and 6k devices
HID: remove unused variable in quirk event handler
HID: hid-input quirk for BTC 8193
HID: separate hid-input event quirks from generic code
HID: refactor mapping to input subsystem for quirky devices
HID: Microsoft Wireless Optical Desktop 3.0 quirk
HID: Add support for Logitech Elite keyboards
HID: add full support for Genius KB-29E
HID: fix a potential bug in pointer casting
...
* 'sg' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-2.6-block:
SG: work with the SCSI fixed maximum allocations.
SG: Convert SCSI to use scatterlist helpers for sg chaining
SG: Move functions to lib/scatterlist.c and add sg chaining allocator helpers
Samsung USB remotes (0419:0001) are rejected by kernel 2.6.23, because the
report descriptor from the remote contains a 48 bit HID report field. HID 1.11
states: Fields may span at most 4 bytes.
This patch, based on 2.6.23, fixes this by modifying the internal report
descriptor in hid-quirks.c. Additional user space support (e.g. LIRC) is
required to fetch the information from the hiddev interface.
The burden to reconstruct the data is moved into userspace (lirc through hiddev).
There is no need to set HID_QUIRK_HIDDEV quirk, as the device has also output
applications, which trigger the creation of hiddev device automatically.
Signed-off-by: Robert Schedel <r.schedel@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Fix a panic, by changing
hidinput_mapping_quirks(,, unsigned long *bit,)
to
hidinput_mapping_quirks(,, unsigned long **bit,)
The `bit' in this function is an out parameter.
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <wfg@mail.ustc.edu.cn>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This removes ugly macros IS_* to distinguish devices that
need special handling in hid-input, and establish proper
quirks for them.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
BTC 8193 keyboard handles its scrollwheel in very non-standard way.
It produces two non-standard usages for scrolling up and down, in
both cases with postive value equaling to 1. We handle this by temporary
mapping, which we then catch in quirk event handler, and remap to
negative HWHEEL even in order to introduce correct behavior.
Also the button requires special mapping, as it triggers standard-violating
usage code.
Reported in kernel.org bugzilla #9385
Reported-by: Kir Kolyshkin <kir@sacred.ru>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This patch separates also the hid-input quirks that have to be
applied at the time the event occurs, so that the generic code
handling HUT-compliant devices is not messed up by them too much.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Currently, the handling of mapping between hid and input for devices
that don't conform to HUT 1.12 specification is very messy -- no per-device
handling, no blacklists, conditions on idVendor and idProduct placed
all over the code.
This patch moves all the device-specific input mapping to a separate
file, and introduces a blacklist-style handling for non-standard
device-specific mappings.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Genius KB-29E has broken report descriptor, which causes some of the
Consumer usages to appear incorrectly as Button usages. We fix it by
fixing the report descriptor before it is being parsed.
Also a few of the keys violate the HUT standard, so they need a special
handling. They currently fall into "Reserved" range as per HUT 1.12.
Reported-by: Szekeres Istvan <szekeres@iii.hu>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This mouse distinguishes horizontal wheel from vertical by a special "pseudo
event" GenericDesktop.00b8, with values of 0 for vertical and 8 for horizontal
wheel. Because this event is supplied by the parser too late, we need to delay
a wheel event, wait for this one and send either REL_WHEEL or REL_HWHEEL to
input depending on the event value.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Troller <patrol@sinus.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Preserve identifiers exposed in build and run time configuration though in
order not to break existing configurations.
This is in preparation for adding support for Apple aluminum USB keyboards.
Signed-off-by: Michel Daenzer <michel@tungstengraphics.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
* orion: (26 commits)
[ARM] Orion: implement power-off method for QNAP TS-109/209
[ARM] Orion: add support for QNAP TS-109/TS-209
[ARM] Orion: I2C support
[I2C] i2c-mv64xxx: Don't set i2c_adapter.retries
[I2C] Split mv643xx I2C platform support
[ARM] Orion: enable CONFIG_RTC_DRV_M41T80 for D-Link DNS-323
[ARM] Orion defconfig
[ARM] Orion: add support for Orion/MV88F5181 based D-Link DNS-323
[ARM] Orion: MV88F5181 support bits
[ARM] Orion: Buffalo/Revogear Kurobox Pro support
[ARM] OrionNAS RD board support
[ARM] Orion: support for Marvell Orion-2 (88F5281) Development Board
[ARM] Orion: common platform setup for Gigabit Ethernet port
[ARM] Orion: platform device registration for UART, USB and NAND
[ARM] Orion: system timer support
[ARM] Orion edge GPIO IRQ support
[ARM] Orion: IRQ support
[ARM] Orion: provide GPIO method for enabling hardware assisted blinking
[ARM] Orion: GPIO support
[ARM] Orion: programable address map support
...
Conflicts:
arch/arm/Kconfig
arch/arm/Makefile
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
SCSI sg table allocation has a maximum size (of SCSI_MAX_SG_SEGMENTS,
currently 128) and this will cause a BUG_ON() in SCSI if something
tries an allocation over it. This patch adds a size limit to the
chaining allocator to allow the specification of the maximum
allocation size for chaining, so we always chain in units of the
maximum SCSI allocation size.
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
These DMA drain buffer implementations in drivers are pretty horrible
to do in terms of manipulating the scatterlist. Plus they're being
done at least in drivers/ide and drivers/ata, so we now have code
duplication.
The one use case for this, as I understand it is AHCI controllers doing
PIO mode to mmc devices but translating this to DMA at the controller
level.
So, what about adding a callback to the block layer that permits the
adding of the drain buffer for the problem devices. The idea is that
you'd do this in slave_configure after you find one of these devices.
The beauty of doing it in the block layer is that it quietly adds the
drain buffer to the end of the sg list, so it automatically gets mapped
(and unmapped) without anything unusual having to be done to the
scatterlist in driver/scsi or drivers/ata and without any alteration to
the transfer length.
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
syslets (or other threads/processes that want io context sharing) can
set this to enforce sharing of io context.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
The io context sharing introduced a per-ioc spinlock, that would protect
the cfq io context lookup. That is a regression from the original, since
we never needed any locking there because the ioc/cic were process private.
The cic lookup is changed from an rbtree construct to a radix tree, which
we can then use RCU to make the reader side lockless. That is the performance
critical path, modifying the radix tree is only done on process creation
(when that process first does IO, actually) and on process exit (if that
process has done IO).
As it so happens, radix trees are also much faster for this type of
lookup where the key is a pointer. It's a very sparse tree.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This patch converts 'uptodate' arguments of no longer exported
interfaces, end_that_request_first/last, to 'error', and removes
internal conversions for it in blk_end_request interfaces.
Also, this patch removes no longer needed end_io_error().
Cc: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiyoshi Ueda <k-ueda@ct.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jun'ichi Nomura <j-nomura@ce.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This patch removes the following functions:
o end_that_request_first()
o end_that_request_chunk()
and stops exporting the functions below:
o end_that_request_last()
Cc: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiyoshi Ueda <k-ueda@ct.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jun'ichi Nomura <j-nomura@ce.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This patch adds a variant of the interface, blk_end_bidi_request(),
which completes a bidi request.
Bidi request must be completed as a whole, both rq and rq->next_rq
at once. So the interface has 2 arguments for completion size.
As for ->end_io, only rq->end_io is called (rq->next_rq->end_io is not
called). So if special completion handling is needed, the handler
must be set to rq->end_io.
And the handler must take care of freeing next_rq too, since
the interface doesn't care of it if rq->end_io is not NULL.
Cc: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiyoshi Ueda <k-ueda@ct.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jun'ichi Nomura <j-nomura@ce.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This patch adds a variant of the interface, blk_end_request_callback(),
which has driver callback feature.
Drivers may need to do special works between end_that_request_first()
and end_that_request_last().
For such drivers, blk_end_request_callback() allows it to pass
a callback function which is called between end_that_request_first()
and end_that_request_last().
This interface is only for fallback of other blk_end_request interfaces.
Drivers should avoid their tricky behaviors and use other interfaces
as much as possible.
Currently, only one driver, ide-cd, needs this interface.
So this interface should/will be removed, after the driver removes
such tricky behaviors.
o ide-cd (cdrom_newpc_intr())
In PIO mode, cdrom_newpc_intr() needs to defer end_that_request_last()
until the device clears DRQ_STAT and raises an interrupt after
end_that_request_first().
So end_that_request_first() and end_that_request_last() are called
separately in cdrom_newpc_intr().
This means blk_end_request_callback() has to return without
completing request even if no leftover in the request.
To satisfy the requirement, callback function has return value
so that drivers can tell blk_end_request_callback() to return
without completing request.
Signed-off-by: Kiyoshi Ueda <k-ueda@ct.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jun'ichi Nomura <j-nomura@ce.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This patch adds/exports functions to get the size of request in bytes.
They are useful because blk_end_request interfaces take bytes
as a completed I/O size instead of sectors.
Signed-off-by: Kiyoshi Ueda <k-ueda@ct.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jun'ichi Nomura <j-nomura@ce.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This patch adds 2 new interfaces for request completion:
o blk_end_request() : called without queue lock
o __blk_end_request() : called with queue lock held
blk_end_request takes 'error' as an argument instead of 'uptodate',
which current end_that_request_* take.
The meanings of values are below and the value is used when bio is
completed.
0 : success
< 0 : error
Some device drivers call some generic functions below between
end_that_request_{first/chunk} and end_that_request_last().
o add_disk_randomness()
o blk_queue_end_tag()
o blkdev_dequeue_request()
These are called in the blk_end_request interfaces as a part of
generic request completion.
So all device drivers become to call above functions.
To decide whether to call blkdev_dequeue_request(), blk_end_request
uses list_empty(&rq->queuelist) (blk_queued_rq() macro is added for it).
So drivers must re-initialize it using list_init() or so before calling
blk_end_request if drivers use it for its specific purpose.
(Currently, there is no driver which completes request without
re-initializing the queuelist after used it. So rq->queuelist
can be used for the purpose above.)
"Normal" drivers can be converted to use blk_end_request()
in a standard way shown below.
a) end_that_request_{chunk/first}
spin_lock_irqsave()
(add_disk_randomness(), blk_queue_end_tag(), blkdev_dequeue_request())
end_that_request_last()
spin_unlock_irqrestore()
=> blk_end_request()
b) spin_lock_irqsave()
end_that_request_{chunk/first}
(add_disk_randomness(), blk_queue_end_tag(), blkdev_dequeue_request())
end_that_request_last()
spin_unlock_irqrestore()
=> spin_lock_irqsave()
__blk_end_request()
spin_unlock_irqsave()
c) spin_lock_irqsave()
(add_disk_randomness(), blk_queue_end_tag(), blkdev_dequeue_request())
end_that_request_last()
spin_unlock_irqrestore()
=> blk_end_request() or spin_lock_irqsave()
__blk_end_request()
spin_unlock_irqrestore()
Signed-off-by: Kiyoshi Ueda <k-ueda@ct.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jun'ichi Nomura <j-nomura@ce.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Manually doing chained sg lists is not trivial, so add some helpers
to make sure that drivers get it right.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Let queue_dma_alignment return 0 if it was specifically set to 0.
This permits devices with no particular alignment restrictions to
use arbitrary user space buffers without copying.
Signed-off-by: Pete Wyckoff <pw@osc.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Since the SCSI layer uses the request queues from the block layer, blktrace can
also be used to trace the requests to all SCSI devices (like SCSI tape drives),
not only disks. The only missing part is the ioctl interface to start and stop
tracing.
This patch adds the SETUP, START, STOP and TEARDOWN ioctls from blktrace to the
sg device files. With this change, blktrace can be used for SCSI devices like
for disks, e.g.: blktrace -d /dev/sg1 -o - | blkparse -i -
Signed-off-by: Christof Schmitt <christof.schmitt@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
The driver core, and some other parts of the kernel just want to find a
device based on a name for a specific bus. Give them a simple wrapper
to prevent them from having to always roll their own.
This will be used in the PPC patch later in this series.
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This adds a i2c_new_dummy() primitive to help work with devices
that consume multiple addresses, which include many I2C eeproms
and at least one RTC.
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
The i2c_adapter.clients list of i2c_client nodes duplicates driver
model state. This patch starts removing that list, letting us remove
most existing users of those i2c-core lists.
* The core I2C code now iterates over the driver model's list instead
of the i2c-internal one in some places where it's safe:
- Passing a command/ioctl to each client, a mechanims
used almost exclusively by DVB adapters;
- Device address checking, in both i2c-core and i2c-dev.
* Provide i2c_verify_client() to use with driver model iterators.
* Flag the relevant i2c_adapter and i2c_client fields as deprecated,
to help prevent new users from appearing.
For the moment the list needs to stick around, since some issues show
up when deleting devices created by legacy I2C drivers. (They don't
follow standard driver model rules. Removing those devices can cause
self-deadlocks.)
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Discard all I2C driver IDs that aren't used anywhere. That's not just a
couple of them, but more like 49 or one quarter of all defined IDs! And
this is just a first pass, next will come all IDs that are set but
never used, or used but never set.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Move the tps65010 header file from the OMAP arch directory to the
more generic <linux/i2c/...> directory, and remove the spurious
dependency of this driver on OMAP.
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
i2c_driver.list is superfluous, this list duplicates the one
maintained by the driver core. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Acked-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
i2c_adapter.list is superfluous, this list duplicates the one
maintained by the driver core. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Acked-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Use more standard prototypes for i2c_use_client() and
i2c_release_client(). The former now returns a pointer to the client,
and the latter no longer returns anything. This matches what all other
subsystems do.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Cc: David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
Don't implement our own reference counting mechanism for i2c clients
when the driver model already has one.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Cc: David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
This patch allows much of the I2C client address data to move from initdata
into text.
Signed-off-by: Mark M. Hoffman <mhoffman@lightlink.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
This patch contains the overdue removal of three I2C drivers.
[JD: In fact only i2c-ixp4xx can be removed at the moment, the other two
platforms don't implement the generic GPIO layer yet.]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
This patch contains the scheduled removal of legacy I2C RTC drivers with
replacement drivers.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Based on the earlier work by Tejun Heo.
All users are gone so we can finally remove it.
Cc: Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Based on the earlier work by Tejun Heo.
Switch set_xfer_rate() to use REQ_TYPE_ATA_TASKFILE requests
and make ide_wait_cmd() static.
There should be no functionality changes caused by this patch.
Cc: Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Use wait_drive_not_busy() in drive_cmd_intr().
v2:
* Fix wait_drive_not_busy() comment (noticed by Sergei).
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
task_end_request() modified to always call ide_end_drive_cmd()
for taskfile requests. Previously, ide_end_drive_cmd() was
called only when IDE_TFLAG_FLAGGED was set. Also,
ide_dma_intr() is modified to use task_end_request().
Enables TASKFILE ioctls to get valid register outputs on
successful completion.
Bart:
- ported it over recent IDE changes
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add IDE_TFLAG_{HOB,TF,DEVICE} defines.
* Set IDE_TFLAG_IN_* flags in {do_rw,ide_no_data,ide_raw}_taskfile() users.
* Remove no longer needed ->tf_flags setup from ide_end_drive_cmd().
There should be no functionality changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
In ide_taskfile_ioctl(), there was a race condition involving
drive->io_32bit. It was cleared and restored during ioctl
requests but there was no synchronization with other requests.
So, other requests could execute with the altered ->io_32bit
setting or updated drive->io_32bit could be overwritten by
ide_taskfile_ioctl().
This patch adds IDE_TFLAG_IO_16BIT flag to indicate to
ide_pio_datablock() that 16-bit I/O is needed regardless of
drive->io_32bit settting.
Bart:
- ported it over recent IDE changes
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <htejun@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Remove broken disk byte-swapping support:
- it can cause a data corruption on SMP (or if using PREEMPT on UP)
- all data coming from disk are byte-swapped by taskfile_*_data() which
results in incorrect identify data being reported by /proc/ide/ and IOCTLs
- "hdx=bswap/byteswap" kernel parameter has been broken on m68k host drivers
(including Atari/Q40 ones) since 2.5.x days (because of 'hwif' zero-ing)
- byte-swapping is limited to PIO transfers (for working with TiVo disks on
x86 machines using user-space solutions or dm-byteswap should result in
much better performance because DMA can be used)
For previous discussions please see:
http://www.ussg.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0201.0/0768.htmlhttp://lkml.org/lkml/2004/2/28/111
[ I have dm-byteswap device mapper target if somebody is interested
(patch is for 2.6.4 though but I'll dust it off if needed). ]
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Make remaining built-in only IDE host drivers modular, add ide-scan-pci.c
file for probing PCI host drivers registered with IDE core (special case
for built-in IDE and CONFIG_IDEPCI_PCIBUS_ORDER=y) and then take care of
the ordering in which all IDE host drivers are probed when IDE is built-in
during link time.
* Move probing of gayle, falconide, macide, q40ide and buddha (m68k arch
specific) host drivers, before PCI ones (no PCI on m68k), ide-cris (cris
arch specific), cmd640 (x86 arch specific) and pmac (ppc arch specific).
* Move probing of ide-cris (cris arch specific) host driver before cmd640
(x86 arch specific).
* Move probing of mpc8xx (ppc specific) host driver before ide-pnp (depends
on ISA and none of ppc platform that use mpc8xx supports ISA) and ide-h8300
(h8300 arch specific).
* Add "probe_vlb" kernel parameter to cmd640 host driver and update
Documentation/ide.txt accordingly.
* Make IDE_ARM config option visible so it can also be disabled if needed.
* Remove bogus comment from ide.c while at it.
v2:
* Fix two issues spotted by Sergei:
- replace ENOMEM error value by ENOENT in ide-h8300 host driver
- fix MODULE_PARM_DESC() in cmd640 host driver
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Cc: Mikael Starvik <starvik@axis.com>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Rename init_hwif_data() to ide_init_port_data() and export it.
* For all users of ide_register_hw() with 'initializing' argument set
hwif->present and hwif->hold are always zero so convert these host
drivers to use ide_find_port()+ide_init_port_data()+ide_init_port_hw()
instead (also no need for init_hwif_default() call since the setup
done by it gets over-ridden by ide_init_port_hw() call).
* Drop 'initializing' argument from ide_register_hw().
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Add ide_init_port_hw() helper.
* rapide.c: convert rapide_locate_hwif() to rapide_setup_ports()
and use ide_init_port_hw().
* ide_platform.c: convert plat_ide_locate_hwif() to plat_ide_setup_ports()
and use ide_init_port_hw().
* sgiioc4.c: use ide_init_port_hw().
* pmac.c: add 'hw_regs_t *hw' argument to pmac_ide_setup_device(),
setup 'hw' in pmac_ide_{macio,pci}_attach() and use ide_init_port_hw()
in pmac_ide_setup_device().
This patch is a preparation for the future changes in the IDE probing code.
There should be no functionality changes caused by this patch.
Cc: Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Anton Vorontsov <avorontsov@ru.mvista.com>
Cc: Jeremy Higdon <jeremy@sgi.com>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Fix build break of powerpc holly_defconfig:
In file included from arch/powerpc/platforms/embedded6xx/holly.c:24:
include/linux/ide.h:1206: error: 'CONFIG_IDE_MAX_HWIFS' undeclared here (not in a function)
There's no need to have a sized array in the prototype, might as well
turn it into a pointer.
It could probably be argued that large parts of the include file can be
covered under #ifdef CONFIG_IDE, but that's a larger undertaking.
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Rename ide_device_add() to ide_device_add_all() and make it accept
'u8 idx[MAX_HWIFS]' instead of 'u8 idx[4]' as an argument.
* Add ide_device_add() wrapper for ide_device_add_all().
* Convert ide_generic_init() to use ide_device_add_all().
* Remove no longer needed ideprobe_init().
There should be no functionality changes caused by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
* Assign drive->quirk_list in ->quirkproc implementations:
- hpt366.c::hpt3xx_quirkproc()
- pdc202xx_new.c::pdcnew_quirkproc()
- pdc202xx_old.c::pdc202xx_quirkproc()
* Make ->quirkproc void.
* Move calling ->quirkproc from do_identify() to probe_hwif().
* Convert it821x_fixups() to it821x_quirkproc() in it821x.c.
* Convert siimage_fixup() to sil_quirkproc() in siimage.c, also remove
no longer needed drive->present check from is_dev_seagate_sata().
* Convert ide_undecoded_slave() to accept 'drive' instead of 'hwif'
as an argument. Then convert ide_register_hw() to accept 'quirkproc'
argument instead of 'fixup' one.
* Remove no longer needed ->fixup method.
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sshtylyov@ru.mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
